1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/Availability.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
31 #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
36 #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
38 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
39 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
46 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
47 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
48 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
49 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
50 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
51 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
52 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
53 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
54 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
55 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
56 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
64 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
65 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
67 class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
74 class ASTMutationListener;
84 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
85 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
86 class CXXConstructorDecl;
87 class CXXConversionDecl;
89 class CXXDestructorDecl;
90 class CXXFieldCollector;
91 class CXXMemberCallExpr;
97 class ClassTemplateDecl;
98 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
99 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
100 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
101 class CodeCompleteConsumer;
102 class CodeCompletionAllocator;
103 class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
104 class CodeCompletionResult;
105 class CoroutineBodyStmt;
107 class DeclAccessPair;
110 class DeclaratorDecl;
111 class DeducedTemplateArgument;
112 class DependentDiagnostic;
113 class DesignatedInitExpr;
116 class EnumConstantDecl;
122 class FunctionProtoType;
123 class FunctionTemplateDecl;
124 class ImplicitConversionSequence;
125 typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList;
127 class InitializationKind;
128 class InitializationSequence;
129 class InitializedEntity;
130 class IntegerLiteral;
134 class LocalInstantiationScope;
137 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
139 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
141 class ObjCCategoryDecl;
142 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
143 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
144 class ObjCContainerDecl;
146 class ObjCImplementationDecl;
147 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
149 template <class T> class ObjCList;
150 class ObjCMessageExpr;
151 class ObjCMethodDecl;
152 class ObjCPropertyDecl;
153 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
154 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
155 class OMPDeclareReductionDecl;
156 class OMPDeclareSimdDecl;
158 struct OverloadCandidate;
159 class OverloadCandidateSet;
164 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
165 class PseudoObjectExpr;
167 class StandardConversionSequence;
171 class TemplateArgument;
172 class TemplateArgumentList;
173 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
175 class TemplateParameterList;
176 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
177 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
181 class TypedefNameDecl;
183 class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
185 class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
186 class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
187 class UnresolvedSetImpl;
188 class UnresolvedSetIterator;
190 class UsingShadowDecl;
193 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
194 class VisibilityAttr;
195 class VisibleDeclConsumer;
196 class IndirectFieldDecl;
197 struct DeductionFailureInfo;
198 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
201 class AccessedEntity;
202 class BlockScopeInfo;
203 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
204 class CapturingScopeInfo;
205 class CompoundScopeInfo;
206 class DelayedDiagnostic;
207 class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
208 class FunctionScopeInfo;
209 class LambdaScopeInfo;
210 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
211 class TemplateDeductionInfo;
214 namespace threadSafety {
216 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
219 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
220 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
221 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
222 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
224 /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
226 struct FileNullability {
227 /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
228 /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
229 SourceLocation PointerLoc;
231 /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
234 /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
235 bool SawTypeNullability = false;
238 /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
239 /// information in that file.
240 class FileNullabilityMap {
241 /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
242 llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
244 /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
247 FileNullability Nullability;
251 FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
252 // Check the single-element cache.
253 if (file == Cache.File)
254 return Cache.Nullability;
256 // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
257 if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
258 Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
261 // Pull this entry into the cache.
263 Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
264 return Cache.Nullability;
268 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
270 Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
271 void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
273 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
274 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
276 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
277 bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
279 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
281 bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
283 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
284 const NamedDecl *New) {
285 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
286 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
287 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
288 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
289 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
290 // with internal linkage.
291 return isVisible(Old) || New->isExternallyVisible();
293 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
296 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
297 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
298 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
300 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
301 FPOptions FPFeatures;
303 const LangOptions &LangOpts;
306 ASTConsumer &Consumer;
307 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
308 SourceManager &SourceMgr;
310 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
313 /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
314 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
316 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
317 DeclContext *CurContext;
319 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
320 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
321 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
323 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
324 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
325 DeclarationName VAListTagName;
327 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
329 /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
330 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
331 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
333 /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty.
334 SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
336 /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
337 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
339 enum PragmaMsStackAction {
340 PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma ()
341 PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value)
342 PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id])
343 PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id])
344 PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"!
345 PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value)
346 PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value)
349 template<typename ValueType>
352 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
354 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
355 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
357 SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
358 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
359 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
361 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
362 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
363 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
366 // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++
367 // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this:
370 // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>)
372 // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot)
375 // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support
376 // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n)
379 // Push / pop a named sentinel slot.
380 void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) {
381 assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&
382 "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!");
383 Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue);
387 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default)
388 : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {}
390 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
391 ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action.
392 ValueType CurrentValue;
393 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
395 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
396 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
398 /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
399 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
401 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
402 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
404 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
406 PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack;
408 // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment.
409 static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U;
410 PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack;
412 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
413 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
414 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
415 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
417 // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks.
418 // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body.
419 class PragmaStackSentinelRAII {
421 PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct);
422 ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII();
430 /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
431 FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
433 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
434 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
435 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
437 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
438 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
440 /// \brief This represents the stack of attributes that were pushed by
441 /// \#pragma clang attribute.
442 struct PragmaAttributeEntry {
444 AttributeList *Attribute;
445 SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules;
448 SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> PragmaAttributeStack;
450 /// \brief The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the
451 /// #pragma attribute stack.
452 const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl;
454 /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
455 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
456 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
457 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
459 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
461 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
462 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
463 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
465 /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups.
468 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
469 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The
470 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
471 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
473 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
474 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
475 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
476 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
477 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each
479 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
481 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
482 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
484 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first
485 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
486 /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
487 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
489 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
490 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
493 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
494 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
495 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
496 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
498 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
499 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
501 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
503 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
504 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
506 /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
507 llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
508 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
510 /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
512 /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
513 /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
514 /// used in initializer of the field.
515 typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
516 typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
517 llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
519 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
521 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
522 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
523 /// same list more than once.
524 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
526 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
527 /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
528 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
530 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
531 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
533 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
534 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
535 TentativeDefinitionsType;
537 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
538 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
540 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
541 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
542 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
544 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
545 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
546 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
548 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
549 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
550 DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
552 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
553 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
554 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
556 /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
557 /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
559 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
560 DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
562 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
563 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
564 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
565 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
566 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
567 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
568 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
569 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
570 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
572 typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *,
573 std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>>
574 LateParsedTemplateMapT;
575 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
577 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
578 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
579 typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
580 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
581 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
584 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
585 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
587 LateTemplateParser = LTP;
588 LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
592 class DelayedDiagnostics;
594 class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
595 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
596 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
598 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
599 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
601 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
602 /// during parsing and other processing.
603 class DelayedDiagnostics {
604 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
605 /// diagnostics should go.
606 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
609 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
611 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
612 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
614 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
615 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
617 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
618 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
622 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
623 /// collected in this pool.
624 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
625 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
626 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
631 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
632 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part
633 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
634 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
635 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
638 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
640 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
641 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
642 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
647 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
648 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
649 assert(CurPool == nullptr);
650 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
652 } DelayedDiagnostics;
654 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
658 DeclContext *SavedContext;
659 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
660 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
663 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
664 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
665 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
666 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
668 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
669 S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
671 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
675 if (!SavedContext) return;
676 S.CurContext = SavedContext;
677 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
678 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
679 SavedContext = nullptr;
687 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
689 class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
691 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
694 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
695 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
697 S.PushFunctionScope();
698 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
699 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
702 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
703 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
704 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
708 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
709 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
710 /// identifier, declared or undeclared
711 llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
713 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
714 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers
715 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
716 /// in the currently selected standard.
717 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
720 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
721 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
723 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
724 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
725 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
726 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
727 /// It would be best to refactor this.
728 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
730 IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
732 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
733 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
734 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
737 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
738 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
740 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
741 /// standard library.
742 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
744 /// \brief The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++
745 /// standard library.
746 LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT;
748 /// \brief The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts
749 /// of the standard library resides.
750 NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache;
752 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
753 /// \<initializer_list>.
754 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
756 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
757 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
759 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
760 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
762 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
763 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
765 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
766 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
768 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
769 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
771 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
772 QualType NSNumberPointer;
774 /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
775 QualType NSValuePointer;
777 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
778 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
780 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
781 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
783 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
784 QualType NSStringPointer;
786 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
787 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
789 /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
790 ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
792 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
793 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
795 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
796 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
798 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
799 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
801 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
802 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
804 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
805 QualType QIDNSCopying;
807 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
808 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
810 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
811 /// have been declared.
812 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
814 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
815 /// references to fields. This is really a
816 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
818 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
819 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
820 enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext {
821 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
822 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
823 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
824 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
828 /// \brief The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within
829 /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated
830 /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are
831 /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly.
834 /// \brief The current expression occurs within a discarded statement.
835 /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing
836 /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways.
839 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
840 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
841 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
844 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
845 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
846 /// cases in a switch statement).
849 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
850 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
851 /// expression at run time.
852 PotentiallyEvaluated,
854 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
855 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
856 /// in fact the current expression is used.
858 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
859 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
860 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
861 /// until the default argument is used.
862 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
865 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
866 /// expression evaluation contexts.
867 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
868 /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
869 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
871 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
872 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup;
874 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
877 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
878 /// this expression evaluation context.
879 unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
881 /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
882 /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
885 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
887 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
888 /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
889 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
891 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
892 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
893 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
894 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
896 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
897 /// and block literals within this context.
899 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
900 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
901 std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
903 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
904 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
905 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
907 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
908 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
909 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
911 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
912 unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
913 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup,
914 Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
916 : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup),
917 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
919 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
921 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
922 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
923 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
925 bool isUnevaluated() const {
926 return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated ||
927 Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract ||
928 Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList;
930 bool isConstantEvaluated() const {
931 return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated;
935 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
936 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
938 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
941 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
943 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
944 /// associated with the context, if relevant.
945 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
946 const DeclContext *DC,
947 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
950 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
953 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
954 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
955 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
964 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
967 SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {}
968 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD)
969 : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {}
971 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
972 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
974 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
975 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
978 class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry
979 : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode,
980 public SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
982 SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
983 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
987 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
989 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache;
991 /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
993 mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
995 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
997 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
998 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
999 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
1000 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
1002 TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
1004 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
1006 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
1007 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
1009 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
1010 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
1012 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
1013 /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
1015 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
1016 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
1017 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
1018 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
1019 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
1021 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
1022 // argument locations.
1023 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
1025 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
1026 /// definition in this translation unit.
1027 llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
1029 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
1030 void getUndefinedButUsed(
1031 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
1033 /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
1034 /// the end of translation unit.
1035 const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
1036 getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
1038 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
1039 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
1041 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
1042 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
1043 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
1044 /// of selectors are "overloaded").
1045 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
1046 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
1047 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
1049 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
1051 llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
1053 /// Kinds of C++ special members.
1054 enum CXXSpecialMember {
1055 CXXDefaultConstructor,
1064 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
1066 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
1067 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
1068 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
1069 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
1071 /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction
1072 /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them
1073 /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a
1074 /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition.
1075 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions;
1077 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
1078 void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel);
1080 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
1081 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
1082 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
1084 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
1085 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
1086 /// should not be used elsewhere.
1087 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
1089 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
1091 class FPContractStateRAII {
1093 FPContractStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.FPFeatures) {}
1094 ~FPContractStateRAII() { S.FPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; }
1098 FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState;
1101 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1104 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1105 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1106 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1109 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1110 /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1113 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
1114 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
1115 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
1117 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
1118 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
1119 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
1120 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
1121 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1122 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1123 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1125 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1126 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1128 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1130 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1132 void PrintStats() const;
1134 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1135 /// template instantiation stacks.
1137 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1138 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
1139 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1140 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1141 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1143 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1148 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1149 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1151 // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1152 // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1153 // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1154 // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1155 // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op
1156 // in that case anwyay.
1157 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default;
1159 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1160 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1161 if (!isActive()) return;
1163 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1164 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1165 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1167 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1168 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1169 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1170 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1171 // eliminate that code.
1175 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1176 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1179 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1180 template<typename T>
1181 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1182 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1183 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1189 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1190 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1191 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1192 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1195 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1196 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1198 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1199 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1201 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1203 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1205 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1206 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1208 /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1209 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1211 /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1212 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1214 void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1216 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1218 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1220 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1222 void PushFunctionScope();
1223 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1224 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1226 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1227 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1228 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1229 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1231 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1233 CapturedRegionKind K);
1235 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1236 const Decl *D = nullptr,
1237 const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1239 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1240 return FunctionScopes.back();
1243 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1244 if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1247 for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1248 if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1250 return FunctionScopes[e];
1255 template <typename ExprT>
1256 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1257 if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1258 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1261 void PushCompoundScope();
1262 void PopCompoundScope();
1264 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1266 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1268 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1269 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1271 /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1272 /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most
1273 /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not
1275 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *
1276 getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false);
1278 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1279 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1281 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1282 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1284 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1285 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1287 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1289 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1290 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1293 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1294 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1295 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1296 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1297 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1298 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1299 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1300 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1301 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1302 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1303 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1304 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1305 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1307 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1309 /// \brief Build a function type.
1311 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1312 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1313 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1314 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1315 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1317 /// \param T The return type of the function.
1319 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1320 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1321 /// function parameters.
1323 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1324 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1325 /// type that will have function type.
1327 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1330 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1331 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1333 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1334 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1335 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1336 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1337 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1338 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1339 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1341 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1343 DeclarationName Entity);
1344 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1345 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1346 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1347 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1348 QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T,
1349 SourceLocation Loc);
1350 QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T,
1351 SourceLocation Loc);
1353 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1354 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1355 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1356 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1358 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1359 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1360 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1361 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1362 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1363 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1364 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1365 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1366 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1367 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1368 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1369 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
1370 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1371 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1372 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1373 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1374 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1375 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1376 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1377 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1378 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1379 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID,
1380 const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1381 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1382 const FunctionProtoType *Superset,
1383 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1384 const FunctionProtoType *Subset,
1385 SourceLocation SubLoc);
1386 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1387 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1388 const FunctionProtoType *Target,
1389 SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1390 const FunctionProtoType *Source,
1391 SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1393 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1395 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1396 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1397 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1399 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1400 struct TypeDiagnoser {
1403 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1404 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1407 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1408 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1409 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1410 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1411 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1412 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1413 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1416 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1417 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1418 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1419 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1420 static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1421 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1423 template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1425 std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1427 template <std::size_t... Is>
1428 void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1429 llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1430 // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1431 bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1436 BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1437 : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
1438 assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
1441 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1442 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1443 emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1449 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1450 TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
1452 struct ModuleScope {
1453 clang::Module *Module;
1454 VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules;
1456 /// The modules we're currently parsing.
1457 llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes;
1459 VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
1461 Module *CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1464 /// \brief Get the module owning an entity.
1465 Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity);
1467 /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
1468 /// visible at the specified location.
1469 void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc);
1471 bool isModuleVisible(Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); }
1473 /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1474 bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
1475 return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D);
1478 /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible.
1480 hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D,
1481 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) {
1482 return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules);
1484 bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1485 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules);
1487 bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
1489 /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1490 /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1491 bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
1492 bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
1493 bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1495 return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1498 /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
1500 hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1501 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1503 /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member
1504 /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration).
1505 bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1506 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1508 /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
1509 /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
1510 /// an extension warning.
1511 bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
1512 const NamedDecl *B);
1513 void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
1514 SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
1515 ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
1517 bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1518 return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr);
1520 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1521 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1522 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1525 template <typename... Ts>
1526 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1527 const Ts &...Args) {
1528 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1529 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1532 void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
1533 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1534 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1536 template <typename... Ts>
1537 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1538 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1539 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1542 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1543 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1544 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1546 template <typename... Ts>
1547 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1548 const Ts &...Args) {
1549 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1550 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1553 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1554 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1556 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1557 /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1558 /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1559 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1560 bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1561 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1562 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1563 SourceLocation Loc);
1565 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1566 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1569 struct SkipBodyInfo {
1570 SkipBodyInfo() : ShouldSkip(false), Previous(nullptr) {}
1572 NamedDecl *Previous;
1575 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1577 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1579 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1581 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1582 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1583 bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1584 ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr,
1585 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1586 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1587 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true,
1588 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1589 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1590 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1591 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1592 SourceLocation IILoc,
1595 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1596 bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1598 /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified
1599 /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we
1600 /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related
1601 /// scope during instantiation.
1602 ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1603 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1604 bool IsTemplateTypeArg);
1606 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1607 /// by \c ClassifyName().
1608 enum NameClassificationKind {
1614 NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1620 class NameClassification {
1621 NameClassificationKind Kind;
1623 TemplateName Template;
1625 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1627 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1630 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1632 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1634 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1635 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1637 static NameClassification Error() {
1638 return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1641 static NameClassification Unknown() {
1642 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1645 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1646 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1649 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1650 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1651 Result.Template = Name;
1655 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1656 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1657 Result.Template = Name;
1661 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1662 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1663 Result.Template = Name;
1667 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1669 ParsedType getType() const {
1670 assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1674 ExprResult getExpression() const {
1675 assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1679 TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1680 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1681 Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1685 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1687 case NC_TypeTemplate:
1688 return TNK_Type_template;
1689 case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1690 return TNK_Function_template;
1691 case NC_VarTemplate:
1692 return TNK_Var_template;
1694 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1699 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1700 /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1702 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1703 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1704 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1706 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1708 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1710 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1711 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1713 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1715 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1716 /// disambiguate the name.
1718 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1719 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1722 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1724 ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1725 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1726 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1727 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1729 /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics.
1730 enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics {
1735 TemplateTemplateParam,
1738 TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1739 getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name);
1741 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1743 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1744 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1745 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1746 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1747 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1748 DeclarationName Name,
1749 SourceLocation Loc);
1751 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1752 SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1753 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1754 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1755 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1756 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1757 SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1759 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1760 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1761 NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
1762 const LookupResult &R);
1763 NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R);
1764 void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
1765 const LookupResult &R);
1766 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1768 /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
1769 /// to a shadowing declaration.
1770 void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1772 void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
1775 /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if
1776 /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration.
1777 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls;
1780 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1781 void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1782 void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1783 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1784 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1785 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1786 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1787 LookupResult &Previous);
1788 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1789 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1790 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1791 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1792 LookupResult &Previous,
1793 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1795 ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None);
1797 ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1798 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1799 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1800 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1801 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1802 bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
1804 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD);
1805 void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD);
1806 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1808 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1809 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1810 LookupResult &Previous,
1811 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1813 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1815 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1816 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1818 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1819 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1820 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1821 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1822 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1823 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1824 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1825 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1826 bool IsMemberSpecialization);
1827 bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl);
1828 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1829 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1830 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1831 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1834 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1835 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1836 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1838 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1839 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1841 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1842 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1843 SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1844 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1845 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1846 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1848 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit);
1849 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl);
1850 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1852 void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
1853 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1854 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1855 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1856 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1857 SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1858 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1859 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1860 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1861 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1862 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1863 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1865 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1866 /// documentation comments.
1867 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1868 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1870 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1871 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1872 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
1873 FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
1874 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1875 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1876 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1877 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1878 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
1879 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1880 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1881 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1882 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1885 /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1886 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1887 /// code for that function.
1889 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1890 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1891 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1892 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1893 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1895 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1896 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1897 /// code for that function.
1899 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1900 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1901 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1902 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1904 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1905 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1906 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1907 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1908 void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D);
1910 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1911 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1912 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1914 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1915 /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1916 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters);
1918 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1919 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1920 /// specified threshold.
1922 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
1923 QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D);
1925 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1926 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1927 SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1928 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1930 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1931 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1932 AttributeList *AttrList,
1933 SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1935 enum class ModuleDeclKind {
1936 Module, ///< 'module X;'
1937 Partition, ///< 'module partition X;'
1938 Implementation, ///< 'module implementation X;'
1941 /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition
1942 /// of a module interface or implementation.
1943 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc,
1944 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK,
1947 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1949 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1951 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1953 /// \param Path The module access path.
1954 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1957 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1958 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1959 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1960 void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1962 /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule.
1963 void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1964 /// \brief The parser has left a submodule.
1965 void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1967 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1968 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1970 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1971 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1972 /// has forgotten to import.
1973 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1976 /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
1977 /// to %select values in diagnostics.
1978 enum class MissingImportKind {
1982 ExplicitSpecialization,
1983 PartialSpecialization
1986 /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
1987 /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
1988 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1989 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true);
1990 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1991 SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
1992 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
1994 Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
1995 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1996 Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl,
1997 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1999 /// \brief We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an
2000 /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations
2001 /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not.
2002 void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec);
2004 /// \brief We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a
2005 /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible,
2006 /// and diagnose if not.
2007 void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc,
2010 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
2011 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
2012 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
2015 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
2016 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
2017 const Preprocessor &PP);
2020 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
2021 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
2023 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2024 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2025 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2026 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
2027 bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
2028 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2030 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2033 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
2035 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2036 RecordDecl *Record);
2038 /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics.
2039 /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag.
2048 NTK_TypeAliasTemplate,
2049 NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument,
2052 /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating
2053 /// what kind of non-tag type this is.
2054 NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK);
2056 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
2057 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
2058 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
2059 const IdentifierInfo *Name);
2062 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;'
2063 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;'
2064 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
2065 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;'
2068 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
2069 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2070 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2071 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
2072 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
2073 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
2074 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
2075 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
2076 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
2077 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2079 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
2080 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
2082 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2083 AttributeList *Attr,
2084 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
2086 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
2089 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2090 IdentifierInfo *Name,
2091 SourceLocation TagLoc,
2092 SourceLocation NameLoc);
2094 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2095 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
2096 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
2097 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2098 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
2100 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2101 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2102 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2103 AccessSpecifier AS);
2104 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
2105 SourceLocation DeclStart,
2106 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2107 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2109 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
2111 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
2112 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2113 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
2114 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2115 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2116 SourceLocation TSSL,
2117 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
2118 Declarator *D = nullptr);
2120 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
2121 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
2122 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
2123 bool Diagnose = false);
2124 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2125 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
2126 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
2127 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2128 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2129 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
2131 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
2132 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
2133 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
2134 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
2135 AttributeList *AttrList);
2137 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
2138 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
2139 /// struct, or union).
2140 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2142 typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
2144 /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
2145 SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
2147 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
2149 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
2150 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
2151 /// member declarations.
2152 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2153 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
2154 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
2155 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2157 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
2158 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
2159 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2160 SourceRange BraceRange);
2162 void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
2164 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
2166 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
2167 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
2169 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
2170 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2171 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2173 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
2174 /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
2175 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2177 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
2178 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
2179 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2182 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
2183 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
2184 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
2185 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit,
2186 const EnumDecl *Prev);
2188 /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
2189 /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
2190 SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
2191 SourceLocation IILoc);
2193 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
2194 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2195 AttributeList *Attrs,
2196 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
2197 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
2199 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
2200 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
2202 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
2204 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
2205 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2206 void PopDeclContext();
2208 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
2209 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
2210 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2211 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
2213 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
2214 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
2215 void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
2217 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
2219 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
2220 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently
2221 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2222 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
2224 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
2225 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently
2226 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2227 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
2229 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
2230 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently
2231 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2232 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2234 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
2235 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
2237 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
2238 /// top level scope.
2240 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
2242 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
2243 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
2245 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
2246 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
2247 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
2249 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
2250 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
2251 /// directly within it.
2252 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
2253 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
2255 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
2256 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL.
2257 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2259 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
2260 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
2261 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2262 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
2264 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2265 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2266 enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2267 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2269 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2272 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2273 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2275 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
2276 /// a protocol requirement.
2277 AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
2280 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
2281 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
2282 IdentifierInfo *Platform,
2284 VersionTuple Introduced,
2285 VersionTuple Deprecated,
2286 VersionTuple Obsoleted,
2289 bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement,
2290 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK,
2291 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2292 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2293 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2294 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2295 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2296 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2297 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2298 UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2299 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid);
2300 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2301 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2302 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2303 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2305 mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2306 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
2307 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2308 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2309 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
2310 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2311 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2312 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2313 AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2314 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2315 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2316 MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2317 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2318 OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2319 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2320 InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2321 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2322 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2323 CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2324 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2326 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2327 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2328 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2329 LookupResult &OldDecls);
2330 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2331 bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2332 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2333 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2334 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2335 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2336 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2337 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2338 bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn);
2339 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2341 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2342 // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2343 enum AssignmentAction {
2351 AA_Passing_CFAudited
2354 /// C++ Overloading.
2356 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2357 /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2360 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2361 /// an existing declaration.
2364 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2368 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2370 const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2371 NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2372 bool IsForUsingDecl);
2373 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl,
2374 bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true);
2376 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2377 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2379 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2380 /// an available function, false otherwise.
2381 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2383 ImplicitConversionSequence
2384 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2385 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2387 bool InOverloadResolution,
2389 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2391 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2392 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2393 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2394 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2395 bool InOverloadResolution,
2396 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2397 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2398 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2399 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2400 QualType &ConvertedType);
2401 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2402 QualType& ConvertedType);
2403 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2404 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2405 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2406 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2407 QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2409 void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
2410 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2411 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2413 CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2414 bool IgnoreBaseAccess,
2415 bool Diagnose = true);
2416 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2417 bool InOverloadResolution,
2418 QualType &ConvertedType);
2419 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2421 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2422 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2423 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2424 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2425 bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2426 QualType &ResultTy);
2427 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2428 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2430 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2431 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2432 QualType ResultType,
2434 bool AllowNRVO = true);
2436 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2438 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2439 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2441 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2442 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2443 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2444 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2445 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2446 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2448 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2449 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2451 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2453 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label.
2454 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2455 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2456 CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2457 CCEK_ConstexprIf ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement.
2459 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2460 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2461 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2462 APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2464 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2465 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2466 class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2469 bool SuppressConversion;
2471 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2472 bool SuppressConversion = false)
2473 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2475 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2476 /// for this conversion.
2477 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2479 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2480 /// integral or enumeration type.
2481 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2482 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2484 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2485 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2486 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2488 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2490 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2491 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2493 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2494 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2495 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2497 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2499 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2500 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2502 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2503 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2504 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2506 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2507 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2508 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2509 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2511 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2514 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2515 bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2518 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2519 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2520 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2521 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2523 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2524 bool match(QualType T) override;
2526 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2527 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2528 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2531 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2532 /// integral or enumeration type.
2533 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2534 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2537 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2538 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2539 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2542 enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2547 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2549 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2550 // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2551 enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2560 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2562 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2563 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2564 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2567 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2568 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2569 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2570 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2572 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2573 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2574 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2575 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2576 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2577 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2578 bool AllowExplicit = false,
2579 ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None);
2580 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2581 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2582 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2583 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2584 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2585 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2586 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2587 QualType ObjectType,
2588 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2589 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2590 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2591 bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2592 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2593 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2594 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2595 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2596 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2597 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2598 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2599 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2600 ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None);
2601 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2602 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2603 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2604 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2605 QualType ObjectType,
2606 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2607 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2608 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2609 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2610 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2611 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2612 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2613 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2614 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2615 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2616 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2617 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2618 bool CheckNonDependentConversions(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2619 ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
2620 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2621 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2622 ConversionSequenceList &Conversions,
2623 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2624 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr,
2625 QualType ObjectType = QualType(),
2626 Expr::Classification
2627 ObjectClassification = {});
2628 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2629 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2630 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2631 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2632 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2633 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2634 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2635 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2636 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2637 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2638 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2639 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2640 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2641 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2642 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2643 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2644 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2645 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2646 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2647 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2648 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2649 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2650 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2651 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2652 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2653 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2654 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2655 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2656 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2657 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2658 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2660 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2661 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2662 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2663 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2665 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2666 void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn,
2667 QualType DestType = QualType(),
2668 bool TakingAddress = false);
2670 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
2671 // the expression Expr
2672 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2673 bool TakingAddress = false);
2675 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2676 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2677 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2678 bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2680 /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
2681 /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
2683 /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a
2684 /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call.
2686 /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
2687 bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2688 const Expr *ThisArg,
2689 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2690 SourceLocation Loc);
2692 /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
2693 /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
2695 /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use
2698 /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
2699 bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2700 SourceLocation Loc);
2702 /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
2703 /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
2705 /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
2706 bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2707 bool Complain = false,
2708 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
2710 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
2711 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2713 // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2714 // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2715 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2716 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2719 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2720 QualType TargetType,
2722 DeclAccessPair &Found,
2723 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2726 resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E,
2727 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult);
2729 bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(ExprResult &SrcExpr);
2732 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2733 bool Complain = false,
2734 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2736 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2737 ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2738 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2739 bool Complain = false,
2740 SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2741 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2742 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2745 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2746 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2748 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2749 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2752 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2753 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2754 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2755 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2757 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2758 // range-based for loop.
2759 enum ForRangeStatus {
2761 FRS_NoViableFunction,
2762 FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2765 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
2766 SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2767 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2768 LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2769 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2770 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2772 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2773 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2774 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2776 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2778 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true,
2779 bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false);
2781 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2782 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2783 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2784 ExprResult *Result);
2786 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2787 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2788 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2791 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2792 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
2793 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2794 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2796 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2797 SourceLocation RLoc,
2798 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2801 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2802 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2804 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2806 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2808 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2810 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2811 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2812 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2814 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2815 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2816 /// that best represents the call.
2817 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2818 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2820 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2821 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
2822 bool CheckParameterNames);
2823 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2824 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2825 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2827 /// \name Name lookup
2829 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2830 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2831 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2832 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2833 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2834 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2836 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2837 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2838 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2839 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2840 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2841 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2842 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2844 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2845 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2846 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2847 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2848 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2849 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2850 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2851 /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2854 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2855 enum LookupNameKind {
2856 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2857 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2858 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2859 LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2860 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2861 /// structs, and unions.
2863 /// Label name lookup.
2865 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2866 /// class/struct/union members.
2868 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2869 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2870 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2872 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2873 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2874 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2875 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2876 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2877 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2878 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2879 LookupNamespaceName,
2880 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2881 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate
2882 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2883 LookupUsingDeclName,
2884 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2885 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2886 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2887 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2888 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2889 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2890 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2891 LookupLocalFriendName,
2892 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2893 LookupObjCProtocolName,
2894 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2895 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2896 /// \brief Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation.
2897 LookupOMPReductionName,
2898 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2902 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2903 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2904 enum RedeclarationKind {
2905 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2906 /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2907 NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2908 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2909 /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2913 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2914 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2915 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2917 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2918 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2920 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2921 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2923 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2924 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2925 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2927 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2928 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2929 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2933 SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2934 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2941 typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
2942 typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
2943 TypoRecoveryCallback;
2946 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2948 struct TypoExprState {
2949 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
2950 TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
2951 TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
2953 TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
2954 TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
2957 /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
2958 llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
2960 /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
2961 TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
2962 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2963 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
2965 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2967 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2968 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2969 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2971 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2973 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2975 /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
2976 /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
2977 /// should be skipped entirely.
2978 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
2979 makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2980 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2982 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2983 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
2984 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
2985 bool ErrorRecovery);
2988 const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
2990 /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
2991 void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
2993 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return
2994 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2996 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2997 /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2998 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
3000 LookupNameKind NameKind,
3001 RedeclarationKind Redecl
3002 = NotForRedeclaration);
3003 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
3004 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
3005 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
3006 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
3007 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
3009 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3010 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
3011 bool EnteringContext = false);
3012 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
3013 RedeclarationKind Redecl
3014 = NotForRedeclaration);
3015 bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3017 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
3018 QualType T1, QualType T2,
3019 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
3021 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3022 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
3024 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3025 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3026 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3028 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
3029 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
3030 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3032 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
3033 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
3034 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3036 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
3037 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3038 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
3041 bool AllowStringTemplate);
3042 bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
3044 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3045 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
3047 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
3048 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3049 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
3050 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
3051 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3052 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
3054 enum CorrectTypoKind {
3055 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
3056 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
3059 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3060 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
3061 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3062 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3063 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
3064 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
3065 bool EnteringContext = false,
3066 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
3067 bool RecordFailure = true);
3069 TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3070 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
3072 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3073 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
3074 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
3075 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
3076 bool EnteringContext = false,
3077 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
3079 /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
3080 /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
3081 /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
3082 /// more typos could not be corrected.
3084 /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
3086 /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
3089 /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
3090 /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
3091 /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
3092 /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
3094 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3095 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3096 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
3099 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
3100 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3101 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter);
3105 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3106 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3107 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
3108 return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
3112 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
3113 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3114 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter);
3117 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3118 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3119 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3121 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3122 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3123 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
3124 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3126 void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F);
3128 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
3129 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3130 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
3131 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
3133 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
3134 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
3136 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
3139 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
3140 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3141 bool TypoCorrection = false);
3142 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
3143 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
3144 SourceLocation Loc);
3145 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
3147 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
3149 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
3151 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3152 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3153 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
3154 // Helper for delayed proccessing of attributes.
3155 void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, const AttributeList *AttrList);
3156 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
3157 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
3158 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
3159 const AttributeList *AttrList);
3161 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
3163 /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
3164 /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
3165 /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
3167 bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
3169 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
3170 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
3171 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
3172 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
3173 bool CheckNoCallerSavedRegsAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
3174 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
3175 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
3176 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
3177 bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3178 void checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3179 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
3180 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
3181 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
3183 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
3185 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
3186 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from
3187 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
3188 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
3189 SourceLocation Loc);
3191 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
3192 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
3193 // one that came from a typedef.
3194 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
3196 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
3197 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
3198 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
3200 /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given
3203 /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be
3204 /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately.
3206 /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add.
3208 /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier.
3210 /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was
3211 /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C
3212 /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an
3213 /// underscored type specifier.
3215 /// \param allowArrayTypes Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an
3216 /// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer).
3218 /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise.
3219 bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability,
3220 SourceLocation nullabilityLoc,
3221 bool isContextSensitive,
3222 bool allowArrayTypes);
3224 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3225 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
3228 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3229 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3230 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3232 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3233 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
3234 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3236 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
3237 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
3238 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3239 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3240 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3242 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
3244 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
3245 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
3246 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
3247 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
3248 SourceLocation Loc);
3250 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
3251 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
3252 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3253 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3254 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
3256 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
3257 /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
3258 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3259 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3260 bool SynthesizeProperties);
3262 /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
3263 void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
3265 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
3266 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
3267 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3268 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
3269 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3271 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
3272 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
3273 /// declared in class 'IFace'.
3274 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
3275 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
3277 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
3278 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
3279 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
3280 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
3282 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
3283 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
3284 /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
3285 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3286 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
3288 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
3289 /// class extensions.
3290 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
3291 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3292 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3293 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3295 SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
3297 SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
3298 const bool isReadWrite,
3299 unsigned &Attributes,
3300 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3302 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3303 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
3305 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
3306 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
3307 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
3308 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3309 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3310 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3311 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3313 SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
3315 SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
3316 const bool isReadWrite,
3317 const unsigned Attributes,
3318 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3320 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3321 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
3322 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
3324 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
3325 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
3326 /// setter or getter.
3327 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3328 ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
3330 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
3332 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
3333 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
3334 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
3336 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
3338 enum MethodMatchStrategy {
3343 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
3344 /// true, or false, accordingly.
3345 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3346 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
3347 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
3349 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
3350 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
3351 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
3352 const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
3353 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
3354 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
3355 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3356 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3357 bool &IncompleteImpl,
3358 bool ImmediateClass,
3359 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
3361 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
3362 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
3363 /// warns each time an exact match is found.
3364 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
3366 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
3367 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
3370 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
3371 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
3372 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
3374 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
3375 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
3376 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3377 bool receiverIdOrClass,
3381 /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
3382 /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and
3383 /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such
3384 /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it
3387 CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
3388 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
3389 bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther,
3390 const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr);
3393 AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
3394 SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass,
3395 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3398 DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
3399 Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3400 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3403 /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
3404 /// nullptr if none could be found
3405 ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
3407 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3410 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
3411 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
3412 bool RecordFailure = true) {
3414 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
3415 return TypoCorrection();
3419 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3420 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3421 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3422 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3423 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3424 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3427 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3428 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3429 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3432 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3434 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3436 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3437 /// there are multiple signatures.
3438 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3439 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3440 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3444 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3445 /// there are multiple signatures.
3446 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3447 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3448 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3452 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3453 QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3454 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3456 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3458 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3460 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3461 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3463 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3464 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3468 FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { }
3469 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3471 ExprResult release() {
3475 Expr *get() const { return E; }
3477 Expr *operator->() {
3482 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3483 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3486 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3491 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3492 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3494 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3495 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3497 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3499 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3500 /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3501 return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3504 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3505 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3507 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3508 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3510 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3511 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3512 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3513 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3515 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3516 class CompoundScopeRAII {
3518 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3519 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3522 ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3523 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3530 /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3531 struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3534 FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
3535 ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3537 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3539 void disable() { Active = false; }
3542 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3543 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3544 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3545 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3546 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3547 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3548 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3549 SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3550 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3552 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3553 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3554 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3555 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3556 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3558 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3559 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3562 class ConditionResult;
3563 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3565 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3566 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3567 StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3569 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3570 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3571 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3573 ConditionResult Cond);
3574 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3575 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3576 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond,
3578 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3579 SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen,
3580 Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen);
3582 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3583 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3585 ConditionResult Second,
3587 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3589 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3591 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3592 Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3593 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3594 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3596 enum BuildForRangeKind {
3597 /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3599 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3600 /// attempt any typo-correction.
3602 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3603 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3607 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
3608 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3610 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3611 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3612 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3613 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3614 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3615 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3616 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End,
3617 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3619 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3620 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3621 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3623 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3624 SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3625 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3626 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3627 SourceLocation StarLoc,
3629 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3630 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3632 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3633 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3634 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3635 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3636 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3637 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3638 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3639 void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3640 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3642 unsigned NumParams);
3643 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3644 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3645 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3646 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3648 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3650 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3651 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3653 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3654 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3655 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3656 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3657 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3658 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3660 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3661 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3663 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3664 bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3665 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3666 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3667 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
3668 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3669 SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3670 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3671 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3672 StringRef AsmString,
3673 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3674 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3675 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3676 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3677 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3678 LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3679 SourceLocation Location,
3682 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3683 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3684 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3685 bool Invalid = false);
3687 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3689 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3690 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3692 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3694 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3695 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3697 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3698 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3700 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3702 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3706 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3708 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3709 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3710 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3711 IdentifierInfo *Id);
3713 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3715 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3716 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3717 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3718 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3720 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3721 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3723 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3726 void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3727 void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3728 StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3729 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3731 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3733 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3735 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3737 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3739 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3740 /// whose result is unused, warn.
3741 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3742 void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3743 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3745 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3746 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3748 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3751 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3755 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3756 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3757 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3758 const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3760 /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3761 void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3762 SourceLocation OpLoc);
3764 /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
3766 void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
3767 SourceLocation Loc);
3769 /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr.
3770 void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E);
3772 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3773 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3775 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3777 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3778 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3779 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3781 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3782 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3785 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3787 void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityResult AR, NamedDecl *D,
3788 StringRef Message, SourceLocation Loc,
3789 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3790 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty,
3791 bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
3793 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3794 UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
3796 /// \brief Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD
3797 void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD);
3799 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3800 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3802 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid);
3803 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3804 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
3805 bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
3806 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3807 void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3808 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3809 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3810 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3811 SourceLocation Loc);
3812 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3813 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3815 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3816 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3817 bool IsDecltype = false);
3818 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3819 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3820 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3821 bool IsDecltype = false);
3822 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3824 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3826 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3827 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3829 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3831 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also
3832 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3833 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants
3834 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3835 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3836 // named expressions.
3838 // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and
3839 // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of
3840 // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance,
3841 // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an
3842 // explicit nested-name-specifier).
3843 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse);
3844 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
3845 bool MightBeOdrUse = true);
3846 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3847 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3848 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3850 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3851 void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3853 enum TryCaptureKind {
3854 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3857 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3859 /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3861 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3863 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3864 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3866 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3867 /// an explicit lambda capture.
3869 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3870 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3871 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3872 /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3874 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3875 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3876 /// variable can be captured.
3878 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3879 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3882 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3883 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3884 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3885 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3886 /// a nested generic lambda.
3888 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3889 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3890 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3891 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3892 QualType &CaptureType,
3893 QualType &DeclRefType,
3894 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3896 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3897 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3898 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3899 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3901 /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
3902 bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3904 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3905 /// variable will have in the given scope.
3906 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3908 /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as
3909 /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent
3910 /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced.
3911 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3912 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3913 bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3915 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3916 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3917 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3918 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3919 bool ForceComplain = false,
3920 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3922 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3923 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3924 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3926 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3927 /// evaluation context.
3929 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3930 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3931 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3932 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3933 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3934 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3936 // Primary Expressions.
3937 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3939 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
3940 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3941 UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3942 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
3943 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
3945 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3946 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3947 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3948 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3951 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3952 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3953 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3954 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
3956 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3958 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3960 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3961 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3962 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3963 bool isAddressOfOperand,
3964 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3966 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3969 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3971 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3972 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3973 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3974 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3975 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3977 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3978 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3979 SourceLocation nameLoc,
3980 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3981 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3982 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3983 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3985 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3986 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3988 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3990 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3991 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3993 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3994 bool IsDefiniteInstance,
3996 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3997 const LookupResult &R,
3998 bool HasTrailingLParen);
4001 BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4002 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4003 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
4004 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
4006 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4007 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4008 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4009 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4011 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4014 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
4015 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
4016 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
4017 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
4018 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
4019 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
4021 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
4022 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
4023 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4024 SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
4025 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
4027 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
4028 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
4029 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4030 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
4032 bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
4034 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4035 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
4036 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4037 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
4038 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
4042 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
4043 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
4044 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
4045 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4047 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4048 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
4049 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4050 Expr *ControllingExpr,
4051 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
4052 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
4053 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4054 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
4055 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4056 Expr *ControllingExpr,
4057 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
4058 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
4060 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4061 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
4063 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4064 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
4065 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4066 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
4068 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
4070 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4071 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4072 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4074 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4075 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4077 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4078 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4079 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
4080 SourceRange ArgRange);
4082 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
4083 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
4085 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4086 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4087 SourceRange ExprRange,
4088 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4089 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
4090 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4091 IdentifierInfo &Name,
4092 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4093 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4094 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4095 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
4097 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4098 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4099 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4100 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4101 ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
4102 Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4103 Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc);
4105 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
4106 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
4107 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
4108 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
4109 // defines a custom operator->).
4110 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
4116 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
4117 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
4118 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4119 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4120 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4122 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4125 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4126 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4127 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4128 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
4129 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4131 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
4132 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4134 ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow,
4135 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4136 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field,
4137 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4138 const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo);
4140 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
4142 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
4143 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4144 const LookupResult &R);
4146 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
4147 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4148 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4149 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4150 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
4151 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4152 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4154 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4155 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4156 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4158 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4159 UnqualifiedId &Member,
4162 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
4163 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4164 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4165 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4166 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4167 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4168 bool ExecConfig = false);
4169 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4171 const Expr *ArgExpr);
4173 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
4174 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
4176 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4177 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4178 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
4179 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4180 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
4181 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4182 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
4183 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4184 Expr *Config = nullptr,
4185 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4187 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
4188 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
4189 SourceLocation GGGLoc);
4191 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4192 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
4193 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
4194 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4196 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4198 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
4200 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
4201 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4202 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
4203 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
4205 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
4207 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4209 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4212 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4213 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4214 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4217 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
4218 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
4219 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4221 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
4227 static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
4230 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4231 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4232 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4233 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4234 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
4235 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4237 void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc);
4239 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
4240 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
4241 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4242 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4243 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4245 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
4246 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
4247 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
4249 void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
4250 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
4251 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
4252 void ActOnStmtExprError();
4254 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
4255 struct OffsetOfComponent {
4256 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
4257 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident
4259 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
4264 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
4265 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4266 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4267 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4268 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4269 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4270 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4271 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4272 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
4273 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4274 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4276 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
4277 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4278 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4279 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4281 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
4282 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
4283 SourceLocation RPLoc);
4284 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
4285 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4288 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
4290 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
4292 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
4293 enum IfExistsResult {
4294 /// \brief The symbol exists.
4297 /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
4300 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
4301 /// from one instantiation to the next.
4304 /// \brief An error occurred.
4309 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4310 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
4313 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4314 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4315 UnqualifiedId &Name);
4317 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4319 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4320 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4322 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4324 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
4327 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
4329 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
4331 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4333 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
4334 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
4335 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
4338 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4339 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4340 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4342 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4343 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4344 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
4347 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
4349 /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
4350 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4351 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4352 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4354 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
4356 /// __builtin_astype(...)
4357 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4358 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4359 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4361 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
4363 // Act on C++ namespaces
4364 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
4365 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4366 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4367 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
4368 SourceLocation LBrace,
4369 AttributeList *AttrList,
4370 UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl);
4371 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
4373 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
4374 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
4376 NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace();
4378 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
4379 EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const;
4381 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
4382 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
4383 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
4385 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
4386 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
4388 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
4389 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
4391 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
4392 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
4393 bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor);
4395 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
4396 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4397 SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
4399 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4400 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
4401 AttributeList *AttrList);
4403 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
4405 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
4406 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4407 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
4408 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
4410 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4411 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
4413 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
4414 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
4415 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
4416 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
4417 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
4419 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
4421 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4422 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4423 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4424 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4425 const LookupResult &Previous);
4426 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4428 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4429 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4430 SourceLocation NameLoc);
4432 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4433 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4434 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4435 SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4437 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4438 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4439 AttributeList *AttrList,
4440 bool IsInstantiation);
4441 NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom,
4442 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions);
4444 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
4446 /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the
4447 /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit
4448 /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization.
4449 CXXConstructorDecl *
4450 findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor,
4451 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow);
4453 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4455 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4456 SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4458 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4459 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4460 AttributeList *AttrList);
4461 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4463 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4464 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4465 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4466 AttributeList *AttrList,
4468 Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
4470 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
4471 /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
4473 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
4475 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4476 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4477 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4478 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4479 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4480 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4481 SourceRange ParenRange);
4483 /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if
4484 /// it denotes an inherited constructor.
4486 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4487 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4489 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4490 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4491 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4492 SourceRange ParenRange);
4494 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4495 // the constructor can be elidable?
4497 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4498 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4499 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4500 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4501 bool IsListInitialization,
4502 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4503 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4505 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4508 /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary.
4509 /// Return true on error.
4510 bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
4511 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4513 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4514 /// the default expr if needed.
4515 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4517 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4519 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4520 /// constructed variable.
4521 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4523 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4524 /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4525 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4526 // Pointer to allow copying
4528 // We order exception specifications thus:
4529 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4530 // throw() comes next.
4531 // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4532 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4533 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4534 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4535 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4536 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4538 void ClearExceptions() {
4539 ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4544 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4545 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4546 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4547 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4550 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
4551 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4552 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
4553 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4557 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
4558 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4560 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
4561 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4563 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4564 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4566 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4567 void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4569 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4570 /// computed exception specification.
4571 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4572 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4573 ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4574 if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4575 ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4576 } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4577 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4578 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4579 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4580 ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4581 ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4582 tok::kw_false).get();
4588 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4589 /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4590 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4591 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4594 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4595 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4597 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4598 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4600 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4601 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4602 /// parameter will be const.
4603 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4604 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4606 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4607 /// constructor of a class will have.
4608 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4609 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4611 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4612 /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4613 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4614 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4616 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4617 /// destructor of a class will have.
4618 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4619 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4621 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4622 /// constructor of a class will have.
4623 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4624 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4625 CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4627 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4628 /// special member function.
4629 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4631 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4632 /// exception specification information with the results.
4633 void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4634 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4635 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4636 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4638 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4639 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4641 /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4642 /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4643 bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4645 /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4646 /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4647 /// after the method itself was declared.
4648 void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4649 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4650 SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4651 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4652 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4653 Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4655 class InheritedConstructorInfo;
4657 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4658 /// definition when it is defaulted.
4659 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4660 InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr,
4661 bool Diagnose = false);
4663 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4665 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4666 /// default constructor will be added.
4668 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4669 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4670 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4672 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4673 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4674 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4675 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4677 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4679 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4680 /// destructor will be added.
4682 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4683 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4685 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4686 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4687 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4688 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4690 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4692 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4693 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4694 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4695 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4697 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4698 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4699 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4701 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4703 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4704 /// copy constructor will be added.
4706 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4707 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4709 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4710 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4711 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4712 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4714 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4716 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4717 /// move constructor will be added.
4719 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4721 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4723 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4724 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4725 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4726 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4728 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4730 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4731 /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4733 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4734 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4736 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4737 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4738 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4740 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4742 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4743 /// move assignment operator will be added.
4745 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4746 /// wasn't declared.
4747 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4749 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4750 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4751 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4753 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4755 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4757 /// \brief Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member.
4758 void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD);
4760 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4761 /// special member function.
4762 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4764 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4765 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4767 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4768 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4770 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4771 /// member function.
4772 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4774 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4775 /// static member function.
4777 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4778 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4780 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4781 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4782 /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4783 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4785 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4786 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4788 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4789 bool AllowExplicit = false,
4790 bool IsListInitialization = false);
4792 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4793 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4794 IdentifierInfo &Name);
4796 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4797 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4798 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4799 ParsedType ObjectType,
4800 bool EnteringContext);
4802 ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
4803 ParsedType ObjectType);
4805 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4806 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4807 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4809 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4810 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4811 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4812 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4814 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4815 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4817 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4819 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4820 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4823 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4824 SourceRange Parens);
4826 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4827 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4828 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4829 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4830 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4831 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4833 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4835 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4836 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4837 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4839 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4841 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4842 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4843 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4844 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4845 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4846 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4848 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4850 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4851 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4852 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4854 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4856 /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
4857 ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4858 tok::TokenKind Operator,
4859 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4860 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4861 ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4862 BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
4863 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4864 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4865 ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4866 BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
4868 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer.
4869 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4871 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4873 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4874 QualType getCurrentThisType();
4876 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4877 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4878 /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4879 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4881 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4882 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4883 class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4885 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4889 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4890 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4891 /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4892 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4893 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4894 bool Enabled = true);
4896 ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4899 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4900 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4902 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4904 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4907 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4908 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4909 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4910 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4911 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4912 /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4913 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4914 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4915 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4916 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr,
4917 bool ByCopy = false);
4919 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4920 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4922 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4924 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4925 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4928 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4929 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4932 ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs,
4933 SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen);
4935 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4936 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4938 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
4939 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4940 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4941 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4942 bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
4944 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4945 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4946 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4947 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4948 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4949 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4951 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4953 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4954 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4956 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4958 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4959 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4960 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4961 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4962 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4963 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4965 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4966 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4967 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4968 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4969 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4971 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4973 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4976 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4978 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4979 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4980 bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4981 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4982 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4983 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4984 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4985 ArrayRef<QualType> Params);
4987 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4988 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4989 bool Diagnose = true);
4990 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4991 bool CanProvideSize,
4993 DeclarationName Name);
4994 FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4997 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4998 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4999 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
5001 void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
5002 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
5003 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
5004 SourceLocation DtorLoc);
5006 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
5007 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
5008 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
5009 SourceLocation RParen);
5011 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
5012 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
5013 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
5014 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5015 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
5016 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
5017 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5019 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support
5020 /// pseudo-functions.
5021 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
5022 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5025 SourceLocation RParen);
5027 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
5028 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5029 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
5031 SourceLocation RParen);
5033 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
5034 /// pseudo-functions.
5035 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
5036 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5038 SourceLocation RParen);
5040 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
5041 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5043 SourceLocation RParen);
5045 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
5047 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5048 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5049 ParsedType &ObjectType,
5050 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
5052 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
5053 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5054 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5055 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5056 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
5057 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5058 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5059 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
5061 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5062 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5063 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5065 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
5066 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5067 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5068 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
5070 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5071 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5072 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5073 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5074 const DeclSpec& DS);
5076 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
5077 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
5078 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
5079 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
5080 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
5081 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
5083 MaterializeTemporaryExpr *
5084 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary,
5085 bool BoundToLvalueReference);
5087 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
5088 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
5089 : SourceLocation());
5091 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
5092 bool DiscardedValue = false,
5093 bool IsConstexpr = false,
5094 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
5095 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
5097 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
5098 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
5100 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
5101 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5102 bool EnteringContext = false);
5103 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5104 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
5106 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
5108 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5110 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5111 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5113 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5114 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5116 /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
5118 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
5120 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
5122 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5123 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5125 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5126 bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
5127 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5129 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
5130 bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
5131 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
5133 /// \brief Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec.
5135 struct NestedNameSpecInfo {
5136 /// \brief The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in
5137 /// a member access expression.
5138 ParsedType ObjectType;
5140 /// \brief The identifier preceding the '::'.
5141 IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
5143 /// \brief The location of the identifier.
5144 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc;
5146 /// \brief The location of the '::'.
5147 SourceLocation CCLoc;
5149 /// \brief Creates info object for the most typical case.
5150 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5151 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType())
5152 : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc),
5153 CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5156 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5157 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType)
5158 : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II),
5159 IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5163 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5164 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo);
5166 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5167 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5168 bool EnteringContext,
5170 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
5171 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
5172 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
5173 bool OnlyNamespace = false);
5175 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
5177 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5179 /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the
5180 /// nested-name-spec.
5182 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
5183 /// this nested-name-specifier.
5185 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5186 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5187 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5188 /// including this new type).
5190 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
5191 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
5193 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
5194 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
5195 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
5197 /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup.
5199 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5200 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5201 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5202 bool EnteringContext,
5204 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
5205 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
5206 bool OnlyNamespace = false);
5208 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
5210 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5212 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
5214 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5215 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5216 bool EnteringContext);
5218 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
5219 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
5221 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5223 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5224 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5225 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5226 /// including this new type).
5228 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5229 /// \param TemplateName the template name.
5230 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5231 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
5232 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5233 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
5234 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5236 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
5237 /// nested-name-specifier.
5240 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5241 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5243 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5244 TemplateTy TemplateName,
5245 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5246 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5247 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5248 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5249 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5250 bool EnteringContext);
5252 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
5253 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
5254 /// nested-name-specifier.
5256 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
5258 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
5259 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
5260 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5262 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
5263 /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
5265 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
5266 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
5268 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
5270 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
5271 /// of the annotation pointer.
5272 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
5273 SourceRange AnnotationRange,
5276 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5278 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
5279 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
5280 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
5281 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
5282 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
5283 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
5284 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5286 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
5287 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
5288 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
5289 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
5291 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5293 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
5294 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5295 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
5296 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
5298 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5300 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
5301 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5302 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5304 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
5305 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5306 TypeSourceInfo *Info,
5307 bool KnownDependent,
5308 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
5310 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
5311 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5312 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5313 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
5314 SourceLocation EndLoc,
5315 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
5316 bool IsConstexprSpecified);
5318 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
5319 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
5320 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
5321 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5322 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
5323 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
5324 bool ExplicitParams,
5325 bool ExplicitResultType,
5328 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
5329 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
5330 /// not being used to initialize a reference.
5331 ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5332 SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id,
5333 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
5334 return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5335 Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
5337 QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
5339 bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init);
5341 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
5342 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
5344 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
5345 /// variables appropriately.
5346 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
5347 QualType InitCaptureType,
5349 unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
5351 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
5352 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
5354 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
5356 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5358 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
5359 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
5361 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
5362 /// statements present in the body.
5363 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
5365 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
5366 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
5367 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
5369 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
5370 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
5372 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
5373 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
5374 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
5375 bool IsInstantiation = false);
5377 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
5378 /// was successfully completed.
5379 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
5382 /// \brief Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects?
5383 bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &From);
5385 /// \brief Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused.
5386 void DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &From);
5388 /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
5390 ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
5391 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5393 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5394 /// function pointer.
5396 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5397 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5398 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5399 /// block pointer conversion.
5400 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
5401 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5403 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5406 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5407 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5408 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5409 /// block pointer conversion.
5410 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
5411 CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5413 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5414 SourceLocation ConvLocation,
5415 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
5418 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
5419 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
5420 ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings);
5422 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
5424 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5425 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
5426 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
5427 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
5428 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
5430 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
5432 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5433 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
5434 /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
5435 /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
5436 /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
5437 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
5439 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
5441 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
5442 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
5444 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
5445 MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements);
5447 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5448 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
5449 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5450 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5451 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
5452 bool HadMultipleCandidates);
5454 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5455 SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
5456 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5458 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5460 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
5461 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
5462 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5463 SourceLocation SelLoc,
5464 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5465 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5466 bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
5468 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
5469 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
5470 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5471 SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
5472 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5473 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
5474 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5476 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5479 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5480 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5482 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
5483 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5485 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5488 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5491 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
5492 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5493 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
5495 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
5496 SourceLocation ASLoc,
5497 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5498 AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
5500 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
5502 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5503 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
5504 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
5506 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
5507 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
5508 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5511 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5514 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5515 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5517 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5518 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5519 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5520 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5521 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5523 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5526 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5527 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5529 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5531 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5533 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5536 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5537 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5539 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5541 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5543 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5545 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5547 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5548 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5550 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5551 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5553 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5555 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5557 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5558 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5560 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5561 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5563 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5566 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5567 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5569 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5570 CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5572 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5573 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5574 /// first use occurred.
5575 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5577 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5579 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5581 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5582 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5583 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5584 /// by code generation).
5585 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5587 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5588 void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5590 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5592 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5593 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5595 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5596 /// in the given class as needed.
5597 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5598 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5600 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5601 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5602 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5603 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5605 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5606 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5609 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5610 bool DefineUsedVTables();
5612 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5614 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5615 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5616 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5619 /// \brief Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must
5620 /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later
5621 /// when all outer classes of Class are complete.
5622 void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5624 void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods();
5626 void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
5627 CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
5628 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
5629 SourceLocation BaseLoc);
5631 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5632 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5634 SourceLocation LBrac,
5635 SourceLocation RBrac,
5636 AttributeList *AttrList);
5637 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5638 void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D);
5640 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5641 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5642 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5643 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5644 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5645 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5646 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5647 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5648 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5649 CachedTokens &Toks);
5650 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5651 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5653 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5655 Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5656 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5657 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5659 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5660 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5663 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5664 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5665 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5666 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5667 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5668 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5669 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5671 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5673 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5674 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5676 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5677 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5679 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5680 void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5682 void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD);
5684 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5685 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5686 const FunctionProtoType *T);
5687 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5689 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5690 // C++ Derived Classes
5693 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5694 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5695 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5696 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5697 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5698 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5700 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5701 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5702 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5703 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5704 ParsedType basetype,
5705 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5706 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5708 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5709 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5710 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
5711 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5713 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5714 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5715 CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5717 // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5718 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5720 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5721 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5722 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5723 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5724 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5725 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5726 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5727 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5728 DeclarationName Name,
5729 CXXCastPath *BasePath,
5730 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5732 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5734 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5735 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5737 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5738 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5739 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5740 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5742 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5743 /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5744 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5745 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5747 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5749 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5750 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5752 /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5753 /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5754 void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5756 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5757 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5758 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5759 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5760 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5763 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5764 // C++ Access Control
5774 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5775 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5776 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5778 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5779 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5780 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5781 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5782 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5783 SourceRange PlacementRange,
5784 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5785 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5786 bool Diagnose = true);
5787 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5788 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5789 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5790 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5791 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5792 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5793 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5794 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5795 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5796 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5797 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5798 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5799 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5800 QualType objectType = QualType());
5801 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5802 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5803 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5804 DeclAccessPair Found);
5805 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5808 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5809 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5810 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5811 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5812 QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5813 const CXXBasePath &Path,
5815 bool ForceCheck = false,
5816 bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5817 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5818 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5819 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5820 AccessSpecifier access,
5821 QualType objectType);
5823 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5824 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5825 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5826 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5828 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5830 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5831 /// failures rather than hard errors.
5832 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5834 enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5838 AbstractVariableType,
5841 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5845 bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
5846 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5847 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5848 template <typename... Ts>
5849 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5850 const Ts &...Args) {
5851 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
5852 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5855 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5857 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5858 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5861 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5863 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5865 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5866 // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5868 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5869 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5870 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5871 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5873 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5874 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5875 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5877 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5879 bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5880 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5881 ParsedType ObjectType,
5882 bool EnteringContext,
5883 TemplateTy &Template,
5884 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5886 /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z
5887 /// deduction-guide declaration.
5888 bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name,
5889 SourceLocation NameLoc,
5890 ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr);
5892 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5893 SourceLocation IILoc,
5895 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5896 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5897 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5899 bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5900 NamedDecl *Instantiation,
5901 bool InstantiatedFromMember,
5902 const NamedDecl *Pattern,
5903 const NamedDecl *PatternDef,
5904 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
5905 bool Complain = true);
5907 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5908 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5910 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
5911 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5912 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5913 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5914 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5915 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5916 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5917 ParsedType DefaultArg);
5919 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI,
5920 SourceLocation Loc);
5921 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5923 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5926 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5928 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5929 SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5930 TemplateParameterList *Params,
5931 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5932 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5933 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5936 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5937 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5939 TemplateParameterList *
5940 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5941 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5942 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5943 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5944 ArrayRef<Decl *> Params,
5945 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5946 Expr *RequiresClause);
5948 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5949 enum TemplateParamListContext {
5952 TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5953 TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5954 TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5955 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5956 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5957 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5960 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5961 TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5962 TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5963 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5964 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5965 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5966 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5967 bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5969 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5970 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5971 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5972 AttributeList *Attr,
5973 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5975 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5976 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5977 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5978 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
5979 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5981 TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5983 SourceLocation Loc);
5985 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5986 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5988 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5990 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5991 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5992 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5995 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5996 TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
5997 SourceLocation TemplateIILoc,
5998 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5999 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6000 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6001 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
6002 bool IsClassName = false);
6004 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
6005 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
6006 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
6007 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
6008 SourceLocation TagLoc,
6010 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6011 TemplateTy TemplateD,
6012 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6013 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6014 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
6015 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
6017 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6018 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
6019 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
6020 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
6022 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
6023 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6024 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6025 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
6027 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6028 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6029 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
6030 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6031 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6033 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6034 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6037 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6039 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6040 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6041 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6042 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6044 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(
6045 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6046 UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
6047 TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false);
6050 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
6051 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6052 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
6053 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
6054 AttributeList *Attr,
6055 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
6056 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
6058 bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
6059 TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate,
6060 unsigned NumExplicitArgs,
6061 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);
6062 void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
6063 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
6064 void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
6065 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
6067 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
6068 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
6072 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
6073 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
6074 NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
6075 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
6076 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
6079 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
6080 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6081 LookupResult &Previous);
6083 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
6084 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6085 LookupResult &Previous);
6086 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
6089 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6090 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6091 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6093 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6094 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6095 TemplateTy Template,
6096 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6097 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6098 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6099 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6100 AttributeList *Attr);
6103 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6104 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6105 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6107 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6109 IdentifierInfo *Name,
6110 SourceLocation NameLoc,
6111 AttributeList *Attr);
6113 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6114 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6115 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6119 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
6120 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6121 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6123 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
6125 bool &HasDefaultArg);
6127 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
6128 /// argument is being checked.
6129 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
6130 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
6131 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
6134 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
6138 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
6139 /// via template argument deduction.
6140 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
6143 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
6144 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6145 NamedDecl *Template,
6146 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6147 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6148 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
6149 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6150 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6152 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
6153 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
6155 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
6158 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
6160 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
6161 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
6162 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
6165 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
6166 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
6167 /// set of template arguments.
6169 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
6172 /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to
6173 /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written.
6174 /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified.
6176 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6177 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
6178 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6179 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
6180 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
6181 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6182 bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true);
6184 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6185 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6186 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
6188 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6189 TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
6190 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6191 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
6192 TemplateArgument &Converted,
6193 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6194 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6195 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6196 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
6199 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6201 SourceLocation Loc);
6203 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6204 SourceLocation Loc);
6206 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
6208 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
6209 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
6210 /// that might be redeclarations.
6213 /// template<typename T> struct X;
6214 /// template<typename T> struct X;
6218 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
6219 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
6220 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
6223 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
6224 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
6226 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
6228 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
6229 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
6230 /// template parameter.
6233 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
6234 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
6235 /// X<integer_c> xic;
6237 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
6240 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
6241 TemplateParameterList *Old,
6243 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
6244 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
6245 = SourceLocation());
6247 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
6249 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6250 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
6252 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6253 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6254 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6255 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
6256 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
6258 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6259 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
6260 SourceLocation IdLoc);
6262 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6263 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
6264 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
6266 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6267 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6268 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6269 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
6270 /// \param TemplateName The template name.
6271 /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template.
6272 /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name.
6273 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
6274 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
6275 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
6277 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6278 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6279 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6280 TemplateTy TemplateName,
6281 IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
6282 SourceLocation TemplateIILoc,
6283 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6284 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6285 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
6287 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
6288 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6289 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
6290 const IdentifierInfo &II,
6291 SourceLocation IILoc);
6293 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6295 DeclarationName Name);
6296 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6298 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
6299 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
6300 TemplateParameterList *Params);
6303 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6304 const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
6307 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6308 const TemplateArgument *Args,
6311 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6312 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
6313 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6315 /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
6316 /// location. Useful for error recovery.
6317 bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
6319 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
6320 /// being diagnosed.
6322 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
6323 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
6324 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
6325 /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
6326 UPPC_Expression = 0,
6328 /// \brief The base type of a class type.
6331 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
6332 UPPC_DeclarationType,
6334 /// \brief The type of a data member.
6335 UPPC_DataMemberType,
6337 /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
6340 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
6341 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
6343 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
6344 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
6346 /// \brief The enumerator value.
6347 UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
6349 /// \brief A using declaration.
6350 UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
6352 /// \brief A friend declaration.
6353 UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
6355 /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
6356 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
6358 /// \brief An initializer.
6361 /// \brief A default argument.
6362 UPPC_DefaultArgument,
6364 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
6365 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
6367 /// \brief The type of an exception.
6370 /// \brief Partial specialization.
6371 UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
6373 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
6376 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
6379 /// \brief Lambda expression.
6382 /// \brief Block expression,
6386 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
6388 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
6390 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
6391 /// parameter packs.
6393 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
6395 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6396 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
6397 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
6398 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
6400 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6401 /// diagnose the error.
6403 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
6405 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
6408 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6409 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6410 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6412 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
6413 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6415 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
6416 /// parameter packs.
6418 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6419 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
6420 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
6422 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
6423 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
6425 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
6426 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6428 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6429 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6430 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6432 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6433 /// diagnose the error.
6435 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
6436 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
6438 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6439 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6440 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6442 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6443 /// diagnose the error.
6445 /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
6447 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
6448 /// parameter packs.
6450 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6451 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
6452 TemplateName Template,
6453 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6455 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
6456 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6458 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
6459 /// parameter packs.
6461 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6462 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6463 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6465 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6466 /// template argument.
6468 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6469 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6470 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
6471 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6473 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6474 /// template argument.
6476 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6477 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6478 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6479 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6481 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6484 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
6485 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6486 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
6487 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6489 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6492 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
6493 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6494 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
6495 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6497 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6498 /// nested-name-specifier.
6500 /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
6501 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6502 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6503 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6505 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6508 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
6509 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6510 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6511 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6513 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
6514 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
6516 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
6517 /// may already be invalid.
6519 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6520 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6521 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6523 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
6524 /// creates a pack expansion.
6526 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6527 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6529 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6530 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6532 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6534 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
6535 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6536 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6538 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6540 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
6541 SourceRange PatternRange,
6542 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6543 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6545 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6546 /// creates a pack expansion.
6548 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6549 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6551 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6552 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6554 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6555 /// creates a pack expansion.
6557 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6558 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6560 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6561 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6562 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6564 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6565 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6566 /// transforming the pattern.
6568 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6571 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6572 /// the pack expansion.
6574 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6577 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6578 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6579 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6581 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6582 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6583 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6584 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6586 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6587 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6588 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6589 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6590 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6591 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6592 /// set this value in other cases.
6594 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6595 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6596 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6598 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6599 SourceRange PatternRange,
6600 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6601 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6603 bool &RetainExpansion,
6604 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6606 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6609 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6610 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6612 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6613 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6614 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6616 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6617 /// parameter packs.
6619 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6620 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6626 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6627 /// a variadic function.
6629 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6630 /// false otherwise.
6631 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6633 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6635 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6637 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6639 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6640 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6641 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6642 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6643 SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6644 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6646 /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but
6647 /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of
6648 /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded.
6650 /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to
6651 /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible.
6652 Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg);
6654 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6655 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6656 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6658 /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention,
6659 /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType.
6660 /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function
6662 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType,
6663 bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false);
6665 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6667 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6668 /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6669 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6670 /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6671 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6672 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6673 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6674 enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6675 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6677 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6679 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6680 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6681 TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6682 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6683 /// for every template parameter.
6685 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6686 /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6688 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6689 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6690 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6691 /// but were given a non-const "X".
6693 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6694 /// resulted in an error.
6695 TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6696 /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent
6697 /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument.
6698 TDK_DeducedMismatch,
6699 /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of
6700 /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element
6701 /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list).
6702 TDK_DeducedMismatchNested,
6703 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6704 /// corresponding component of the argument.
6705 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6706 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6707 /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6708 TDK_TooManyArguments,
6709 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6710 /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6711 TDK_TooFewArguments,
6712 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6713 /// template arguments for the given template.
6714 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6715 /// \brief Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed.
6716 TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure,
6717 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6718 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure,
6719 /// \brief CUDA Target attributes do not match.
6720 TDK_CUDATargetMismatch
6723 TemplateDeductionResult
6724 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6725 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6726 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6728 TemplateDeductionResult
6729 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6730 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6731 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6733 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6734 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6735 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6736 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6737 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6738 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6740 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6741 // deduction for a call.
6742 struct OriginalCallArg {
6743 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam,
6744 unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType)
6745 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType),
6746 DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6747 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {}
6749 QualType OriginalParamType;
6750 bool DecomposedParam;
6752 QualType OriginalArgType;
6755 TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(
6756 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6757 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6758 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6759 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6760 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
6761 bool PartialOverloading = false,
6762 llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; });
6764 TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments(
6765 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6766 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6767 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6768 bool PartialOverloading,
6769 llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent);
6771 TemplateDeductionResult
6772 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6773 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6774 QualType ArgFunctionType,
6775 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6776 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6777 bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
6779 TemplateDeductionResult
6780 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6782 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6783 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6785 TemplateDeductionResult
6786 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6787 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6788 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6789 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6790 bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
6792 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6793 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6794 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6795 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6796 QualType Replacement);
6797 /// \brief Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by
6798 /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar.
6799 QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6801 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6802 enum DeduceAutoResult {
6805 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6809 DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
6810 Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None);
6812 DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
6813 Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None);
6814 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6815 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6816 bool Diagnose = true);
6818 /// \brief Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've
6819 /// not already done so.
6820 void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template,
6821 SourceLocation Loc);
6823 QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
6824 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity,
6825 const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init);
6827 QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
6828 QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
6829 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
6832 TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
6834 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6835 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6836 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6838 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6839 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6841 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6842 unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6843 unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6844 UnresolvedSetIterator
6845 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6846 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6848 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6849 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6850 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6851 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6853 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6854 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6855 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6856 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6857 SourceLocation Loc);
6859 bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
6860 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6862 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6863 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6864 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6866 bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
6867 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6869 bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(
6870 TemplateParameterList *P, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc);
6872 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6875 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
6876 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6877 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6878 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6879 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6881 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6882 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6883 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6885 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6886 // C++ Template Instantiation
6889 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6890 getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6891 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6892 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6893 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6895 /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location
6896 /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template
6897 /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions.
6898 struct CodeSynthesisContext {
6899 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6900 enum SynthesisKind {
6901 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6902 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6903 TemplateInstantiation,
6905 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6906 /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is
6907 /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the
6908 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as
6910 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6912 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6913 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6914 /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6915 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6917 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6918 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6919 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6921 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6922 /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6923 /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6924 /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6926 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6928 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6929 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6930 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6931 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6933 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6934 /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6935 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6937 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6938 /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6939 ExceptionSpecInstantiation,
6941 /// We are declaring an implicit special member function.
6942 DeclaringSpecialMember,
6945 /// \brief Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context?
6946 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6948 /// \brief The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code.
6949 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6951 /// \brief The entity that is being synthesized.
6954 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6955 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6957 NamedDecl *Template;
6959 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6960 /// are not part of the entity.
6961 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6963 // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the
6964 // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context.
6966 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6967 unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6969 /// \brief The special member being declared or defined.
6970 CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember;
6973 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
6974 assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember);
6975 return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs};
6978 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6979 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6980 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6982 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6983 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6984 /// template instantiation.
6985 SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6987 CodeSynthesisContext()
6988 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Entity(nullptr), Template(nullptr),
6989 TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6991 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6992 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6993 bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6996 /// \brief List of active code synthesis contexts.
6998 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires
6999 /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack.
7000 SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts;
7002 /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated.
7003 llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations;
7005 /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated
7006 /// by some template instantiation.
7007 llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes;
7009 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
7010 /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
7011 SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules;
7013 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
7014 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
7015 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
7016 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
7018 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
7019 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
7020 /// template defined within it.
7021 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
7023 /// \brief Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most
7024 /// recent visible declaration of that namespace.
7025 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache;
7027 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
7028 /// template instantiation.
7030 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
7031 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
7032 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7034 /// \brief The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template
7035 /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the
7036 /// instantiation depth.
7038 /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit
7039 /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation.
7040 // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis?
7041 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
7043 /// \brief The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent
7044 /// error or warning was produced.
7046 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks
7047 /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation.
7048 // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else.
7049 unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0;
7051 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
7052 /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
7054 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
7055 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
7056 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
7057 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
7059 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
7060 /// within a \c Sema object.
7062 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
7063 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
7065 int OldSubstitutionIndex;
7068 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
7069 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
7070 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
7073 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
7074 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
7078 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
7080 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
7081 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
7084 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
7085 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
7086 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
7087 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
7089 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
7092 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
7093 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
7094 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
7095 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
7096 /// produces an error and evaluates true.
7098 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
7100 struct InstantiatingTemplate {
7101 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
7102 /// function template, variable template, alias template,
7103 /// or a member thereof.
7104 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7106 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7108 struct ExceptionSpecification {};
7109 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
7110 /// of a function template.
7111 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7112 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
7113 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7115 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
7117 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7118 TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template,
7119 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7120 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7122 /// \brief Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or
7123 /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction.
7124 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7125 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7126 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7127 CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
7128 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7129 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7131 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7132 /// argument deduction for a class template declaration.
7133 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7134 TemplateDecl *Template,
7135 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7136 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7137 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7139 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7140 /// argument deduction for a class template partial
7142 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7143 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
7144 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7145 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7146 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7148 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7149 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
7151 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7152 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
7153 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7154 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7155 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7157 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
7159 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7161 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7162 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7164 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
7165 /// non-type parameter.
7166 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7167 NamedDecl *Template,
7168 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7169 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7170 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7172 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
7173 /// template template parameter.
7174 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7175 NamedDecl *Template,
7176 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7177 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7178 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7180 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
7181 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
7182 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7183 TemplateDecl *Template,
7185 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7186 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7189 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
7192 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
7194 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
7195 /// recursive template instantiations.
7196 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
7198 /// \brief Determine whether we are already instantiating this
7199 /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation.
7200 bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; }
7205 bool AlreadyInstantiating;
7206 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7207 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7209 InstantiatingTemplate(
7210 Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
7211 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
7212 Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
7213 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None,
7214 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
7216 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
7218 InstantiatingTemplate&
7219 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
7222 void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx);
7223 void popCodeSynthesisContext();
7225 /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation.
7226 bool inTemplateInstantiation() const {
7227 return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries;
7230 void PrintContextStack() {
7231 if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
7232 CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) {
7233 PrintInstantiationStack();
7234 LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size();
7236 if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl)
7237 PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint();
7239 void PrintInstantiationStack();
7241 void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint();
7243 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
7244 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
7247 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
7248 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
7249 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
7250 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
7251 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
7253 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
7254 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
7255 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
7256 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
7257 "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
7258 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
7261 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
7262 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
7266 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
7267 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7268 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
7271 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
7272 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
7273 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
7274 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
7275 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
7277 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
7278 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
7279 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
7283 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
7284 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
7285 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7286 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
7289 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
7290 bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
7291 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
7295 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
7296 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
7297 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
7298 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
7299 class TentativeAnalysisScope {
7301 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
7303 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7305 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
7306 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
7307 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
7308 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
7310 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
7311 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7315 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
7317 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
7319 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
7321 bool DisableTypoCorrection;
7323 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
7324 unsigned TyposCorrected;
7326 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
7327 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
7329 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
7330 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
7331 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
7332 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
7334 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
7335 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
7336 threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
7338 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
7340 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
7341 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
7342 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
7343 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
7344 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
7345 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
7346 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
7348 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7349 /// but have not yet been performed.
7350 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
7352 class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII {
7354 SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
7355 : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
7356 if (!Enabled) return;
7358 SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
7359 SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
7362 ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() {
7363 if (!Enabled) return;
7365 // Restore the set of pending vtables.
7366 assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
7367 "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
7368 S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
7370 // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
7371 assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
7372 "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
7373 S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
7378 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
7379 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
7383 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7384 /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
7386 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
7387 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
7388 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
7389 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
7390 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7392 class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
7394 SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
7395 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7396 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7399 ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
7400 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
7401 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
7402 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7403 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7408 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
7409 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7412 /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos.
7413 class ExtParameterInfoBuilder {
7414 SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos;
7415 bool HasInteresting = false;
7418 /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index,
7420 void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) {
7421 assert(Infos.size() <= index);
7422 Infos.resize(index);
7423 Infos.push_back(info);
7425 if (!HasInteresting)
7426 HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo());
7429 /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the
7430 /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up.
7431 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *
7432 getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) {
7433 if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr;
7434 Infos.resize(numParams);
7435 return Infos.data();
7439 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
7441 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7442 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7443 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
7444 bool AllowDeducedTST = false);
7446 QualType SubstType(QualType T,
7447 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7448 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7450 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
7451 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7452 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7454 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7455 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7457 DeclarationName Entity,
7458 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
7459 unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
7460 void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7461 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
7462 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
7463 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7464 int indexAdjustment,
7465 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
7466 bool ExpectParameterPack);
7467 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
7468 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos,
7469 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7470 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
7471 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams,
7472 ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos);
7473 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
7474 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7476 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
7477 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
7479 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
7481 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
7482 /// default arguments will be dropped.
7484 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
7486 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
7488 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7489 bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall,
7490 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7491 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
7493 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
7494 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7496 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
7497 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7499 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
7500 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7501 bool CXXDirectInit);
7504 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7505 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7506 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7509 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7510 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7511 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7512 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7513 bool Complain = true);
7515 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7516 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
7517 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7518 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7520 bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
7521 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
7522 FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7524 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
7525 const Attr *TmplAttr;
7526 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
7529 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
7531 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
7534 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
7536 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7537 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7538 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7539 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7542 InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7543 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7544 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7545 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7548 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7549 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7550 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7551 bool Complain = true);
7553 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7554 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7555 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7556 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7558 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
7559 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7560 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7561 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7563 NestedNameSpecifierLoc
7564 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
7565 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7568 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7569 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7571 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
7573 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7574 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7575 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
7576 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7578 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7579 FunctionDecl *Function);
7580 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7581 FunctionDecl *Function,
7582 bool Recursive = false,
7583 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7584 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7585 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
7586 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
7587 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
7588 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
7589 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7590 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
7591 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7592 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
7593 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
7594 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
7595 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7597 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
7598 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7599 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
7601 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
7602 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
7603 void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
7604 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
7605 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7606 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7607 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
7608 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7609 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7610 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
7611 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7613 bool Recursive = false,
7614 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7616 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
7617 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
7618 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7620 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
7621 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7622 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
7623 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7625 // Objective-C declarations.
7626 enum ObjCContainerKind {
7633 OCK_CategoryImplementation
7635 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
7637 DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
7638 ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
7639 SourceLocation varianceLoc,
7641 IdentifierInfo *paramName,
7642 SourceLocation paramLoc,
7643 SourceLocation colonLoc,
7644 ParsedType typeBound);
7646 ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7647 ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams,
7648 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7649 void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList);
7651 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S,
7652 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7653 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7654 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7655 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7656 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7657 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7658 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7659 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
7660 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7661 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7662 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7663 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7664 AttributeList *AttrList);
7666 void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
7667 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7668 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
7669 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7670 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7671 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7672 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7673 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7674 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange);
7676 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
7677 SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs,
7678 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7679 SourceLocation SuperLoc);
7681 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
7682 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
7683 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation,
7684 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
7686 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
7687 IdentifierInfo *PName,
7688 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
7689 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
7691 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
7692 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
7693 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7694 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7695 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7696 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7697 AttributeList *AttrList);
7699 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7700 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7701 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7702 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7703 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
7704 SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
7705 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7706 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7707 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7708 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7709 AttributeList *AttrList);
7711 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
7712 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
7713 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7714 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
7715 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
7717 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
7718 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7719 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7720 IdentifierInfo *CatName,
7721 SourceLocation CatLoc);
7723 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
7724 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
7726 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
7727 IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
7728 SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
7729 ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
7732 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
7733 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
7734 AttributeList *attrList);
7736 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
7737 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
7738 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
7740 void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId,
7741 SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7742 IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId,
7743 SourceLocation TypeArgLoc,
7744 bool SelectProtocolFirst = false);
7746 /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the
7747 /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type
7748 /// arguments, as appropriate.
7749 void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
7751 ParsedType baseType,
7752 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7753 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
7754 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
7755 SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
7756 SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
7757 SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
7758 SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
7759 SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
7760 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
7761 SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
7762 bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols);
7764 /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no
7765 /// base type was specified.
7766 TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
7767 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7768 ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
7769 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
7770 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7772 /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type.
7773 TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
7776 ParsedType BaseType,
7777 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7778 ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
7779 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7780 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7781 ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
7782 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7783 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc);
7785 /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type.
7786 QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl,
7787 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7788 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7789 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7790 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7791 bool FailOnError = false);
7793 /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type.
7794 QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
7796 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7797 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
7798 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7799 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7800 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7801 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7802 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7803 bool FailOnError = false);
7805 /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to
7807 bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc);
7809 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
7810 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
7811 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
7812 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
7814 unsigned &Attributes,
7815 bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
7817 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
7818 /// setters and getters as needed.
7819 /// \param property The property declaration being processed
7820 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property);
7823 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
7824 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
7825 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
7826 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
7828 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
7829 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
7831 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
7832 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
7833 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
7835 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
7836 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7837 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
7838 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
7839 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7840 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7842 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
7843 SourceLocation AtLoc,
7844 SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
7846 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
7847 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
7848 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc,
7849 ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind);
7851 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
7857 OSMK_NonRetainingInit
7860 struct ObjCArgInfo {
7861 IdentifierInfo *Name;
7862 SourceLocation NameLoc;
7863 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
7866 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
7868 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
7869 AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
7872 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
7874 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
7875 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {.
7876 tok::TokenKind MethodType,
7877 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
7878 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
7879 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
7880 // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
7881 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
7882 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
7883 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7884 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
7886 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
7887 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7889 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
7892 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
7893 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
7896 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7898 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7899 DeclarationName MemberName,
7900 SourceLocation MemberLoc,
7901 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
7905 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
7906 IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
7907 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
7908 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
7910 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
7912 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
7913 /// send that starts with an identifier.
7914 enum ObjCMessageKind {
7915 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
7917 /// \brief The message is an instance message.
7918 ObjCInstanceMessage,
7919 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
7924 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
7925 IdentifierInfo *Name,
7926 SourceLocation NameLoc,
7928 bool HasTrailingDot,
7929 ParsedType &ReceiverType);
7931 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7933 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7934 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7935 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7938 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
7939 QualType ReceiverType,
7940 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7942 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7943 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7944 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7945 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7947 bool isImplicit = false);
7949 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
7950 bool isSuperReceiver,
7953 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7956 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
7957 ParsedType Receiver,
7959 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7960 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7961 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7964 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
7965 QualType ReceiverType,
7966 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7968 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7969 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7970 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7971 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7973 bool isImplicit = false);
7975 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
7976 QualType ReceiverType,
7979 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7982 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7985 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7986 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7987 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7990 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7991 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7992 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7993 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7996 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7997 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7998 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7999 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
8001 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
8004 void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
8006 void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
8008 bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
8011 bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
8012 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
8013 ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
8014 ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
8015 ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
8016 TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
8017 bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true);
8019 bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
8020 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
8021 Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true);
8023 bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr,
8024 bool Diagnose = true);
8026 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
8028 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
8029 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
8030 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
8031 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
8033 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
8034 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
8040 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
8041 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
8042 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
8044 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
8045 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native
8046 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
8047 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed
8048 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power
8049 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k
8050 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset
8053 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
8054 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
8055 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8057 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
8058 void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
8059 StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment);
8061 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
8062 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
8064 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
8065 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
8066 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind,
8069 /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
8070 /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
8071 /// representation]).
8072 void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
8073 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
8074 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8076 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
8077 void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action,
8078 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8079 MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
8081 enum PragmaSectionKind {
8088 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
8090 DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
8091 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
8093 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
8095 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
8096 void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
8097 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
8098 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
8099 StringLiteral *SegmentName,
8100 llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
8102 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
8103 void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
8104 int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
8106 /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
8107 void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
8108 StringLiteral *SegmentName);
8110 /// \brief Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II
8111 void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II);
8113 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
8114 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name,
8117 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
8118 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
8120 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8122 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
8123 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
8124 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8126 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
8127 SourceLocation Loc);
8128 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
8130 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
8131 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8132 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8133 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
8135 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
8136 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
8137 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8138 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
8139 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8140 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
8141 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
8143 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
8144 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8145 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
8146 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8147 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
8148 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
8150 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
8151 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and
8152 /// \#pragma clang fp contract
8153 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(LangOptions::FPContractModeKind FPC);
8155 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
8156 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
8157 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
8159 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
8160 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
8162 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
8163 void FreePackedContext();
8165 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
8166 /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
8167 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
8168 SourceLocation Loc);
8170 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
8171 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
8172 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
8174 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
8175 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
8176 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8178 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
8179 void FreeVisContext();
8181 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
8182 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
8183 /// the appropriate attribute.
8184 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
8186 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute push'.
8187 void ActOnPragmaAttributePush(AttributeList &Attribute,
8188 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8189 attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules);
8191 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'.
8192 void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8194 /// \brief Adds the attributes that have been specified using the
8195 /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration.
8196 void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8198 void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute();
8200 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
8201 void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8203 /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
8204 /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
8205 SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
8206 return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
8209 /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
8210 /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
8211 /// with attribute optnone.
8212 void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
8214 /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
8215 /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
8216 /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
8217 void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
8219 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
8220 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
8221 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
8222 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
8223 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
8225 /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
8227 void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
8228 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8230 /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular
8232 void AddAllocAlignAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *ParamExpr,
8233 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8235 /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
8237 void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
8238 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8240 /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
8242 void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads,
8243 Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8245 /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration.
8246 void AddModeAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, IdentifierInfo *Name,
8247 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool InInstantiation = false);
8249 void AddParameterABIAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D,
8250 ParameterABI ABI, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8252 void AddNSConsumedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D,
8253 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool isNSConsumed,
8254 bool isTemplateInstantiation);
8256 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8257 // C++ Coroutines TS
8259 ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8260 ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8261 StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8263 ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
8264 bool IsImplicit = false);
8265 ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
8266 UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup);
8267 ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8268 StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
8269 bool IsImplicit = false);
8270 StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs);
8271 VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc);
8272 void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
8274 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8275 // OpenCL extensions.
8278 std::string CurrOpenCLExtension;
8279 /// Extensions required by an OpenCL type.
8280 llvm::DenseMap<const Type*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLTypeExtMap;
8281 /// Extensions required by an OpenCL declaration.
8282 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLDeclExtMap;
8284 llvm::StringRef getCurrentOpenCLExtension() const {
8285 return CurrOpenCLExtension;
8287 void setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext) {
8288 CurrOpenCLExtension = Ext;
8291 /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used when these
8292 /// OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do nothing.
8293 /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions.
8294 void setOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T, llvm::StringRef Exts);
8296 /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a declaration which can only be
8297 /// used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do
8299 /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions.
8300 void setOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD, llvm::StringRef Exts);
8302 /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used
8303 /// when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current OpenCL extension is
8304 /// empty, do nothing.
8305 void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T);
8307 /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a declaration which
8308 /// can only be used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current
8309 /// OpenCL extension is empty, do nothing.
8310 void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD);
8312 bool isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Decl *FD);
8314 /// \brief Check if type \p T corresponding to declaration specifier \p DS
8315 /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so,
8316 /// emit diagnostics.
8317 /// \return true if type is disabled.
8318 bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS, QualType T);
8320 /// \brief Check if declaration \p D used by expression \p E
8321 /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so,
8322 /// emit diagnostics.
8323 /// \return true if type is disabled.
8324 bool checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(const Decl &D, const Expr &E);
8326 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8327 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
8330 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
8331 /// Set to true inside '#pragma omp declare target' region.
8332 bool IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext = false;
8333 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
8334 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
8335 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
8337 VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind,
8338 bool StrictlyPositive = true);
8339 /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive.
8340 unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const;
8342 /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function.
8343 void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion();
8345 /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function.
8346 void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI);
8348 /// Checks if a type or a declaration is disabled due to the owning extension
8349 /// being disabled, and emits diagnostic messages if it is disabled.
8350 /// \param D type or declaration to be checked.
8351 /// \param DiagLoc source location for the diagnostic message.
8352 /// \param DiagInfo information to be emitted for the diagnostic message.
8353 /// \param SrcRange source range of the declaration.
8354 /// \param Map maps type or declaration to the extensions.
8355 /// \param Selector selects diagnostic message: 0 for type and 1 for
8357 /// \return true if the type or declaration is disabled.
8358 template <typename T, typename DiagLocT, typename DiagInfoT, typename MapT>
8359 bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeOrDecl(T D, DiagLocT DiagLoc, DiagInfoT DiagInfo,
8360 MapT &Map, unsigned Selector = 0,
8361 SourceRange SrcRange = SourceRange());
8364 /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by
8366 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8368 bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8370 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private
8371 /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP
8373 VarDecl *IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D);
8374 ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK,
8375 ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc);
8377 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause.
8378 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8380 bool isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8382 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive.
8383 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8385 bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8387 ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
8389 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
8390 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
8391 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
8392 SourceLocation Loc);
8393 /// \brief Start analysis of clauses.
8394 void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K);
8395 /// \brief End analysis of clauses.
8396 void EndOpenMPClause();
8397 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
8398 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
8400 /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
8401 /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
8402 /// private by default.
8403 /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
8404 void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
8406 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
8407 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
8409 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
8410 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
8411 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
8412 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
8413 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
8415 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8416 /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
8417 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
8419 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8420 /// \brief Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare
8421 /// reduction' construct.
8422 QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc,
8423 TypeResult ParsedType);
8424 /// \brief Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8425 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart(
8426 Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name,
8427 ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes,
8428 AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr);
8429 /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8430 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8431 /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8432 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner);
8433 /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8434 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8435 /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8436 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer);
8437 /// \brief Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8438 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd(
8439 Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid);
8441 /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'.
8442 bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc);
8443 /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'.
8444 void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective();
8445 /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'.
8446 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
8447 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id,
8448 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT,
8449 NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls);
8450 /// Check declaration inside target region.
8451 void checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D);
8452 /// Return true inside OpenMP target region.
8453 bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const {
8454 return IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext;
8457 /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive.
8458 static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind);
8460 /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
8461 void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
8462 /// \brief End of OpenMP region.
8464 /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
8465 /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
8467 /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
8468 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
8469 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(
8470 OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8471 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8472 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8473 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
8474 /// of the associated statement.
8475 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8477 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8478 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8479 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
8480 /// of the associated statement.
8481 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
8482 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8483 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8484 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8485 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
8486 /// of the associated statement.
8487 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
8488 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8489 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8490 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8491 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
8492 /// of the associated statement.
8493 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
8494 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8495 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8496 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8497 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
8498 /// of the associated statement.
8499 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8500 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8501 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8502 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
8503 /// associated statement.
8504 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8505 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8506 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
8507 /// associated statement.
8508 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8509 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8510 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8511 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
8512 /// associated statement.
8513 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8514 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8515 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
8516 /// associated statement.
8517 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8518 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8519 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8520 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8521 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
8522 /// of the associated statement.
8523 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
8524 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8525 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8526 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8527 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
8528 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8529 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
8530 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8531 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8532 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8533 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
8534 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8535 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8537 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8538 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8539 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
8540 /// associated statement.
8541 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8542 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8543 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8544 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
8545 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8546 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8547 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
8548 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8549 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8550 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
8551 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8552 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8553 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'.
8554 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8555 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8556 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
8557 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8558 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8559 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8560 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
8561 /// associated statement.
8562 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8563 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8564 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8565 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
8566 /// associated statement.
8567 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8568 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8569 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8570 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
8571 /// associated statement.
8572 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8573 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8574 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8575 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of
8576 /// the associated statement.
8577 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8578 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8579 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8580 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after
8581 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8582 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8583 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8584 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8585 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after
8586 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8587 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8588 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8589 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8590 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after
8591 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8592 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8594 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8595 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8596 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after
8597 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8598 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective(
8599 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8600 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8601 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8602 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
8603 /// associated statement.
8604 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8605 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8606 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8607 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'.
8609 ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8610 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8611 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8612 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'.
8613 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8614 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8615 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8616 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8617 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the
8618 /// associated statement.
8619 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(
8620 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8621 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8622 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8623 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of
8624 /// the associated statement.
8625 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
8626 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8627 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8628 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8629 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing
8630 /// of the associated statement.
8631 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(
8632 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8633 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8634 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8635 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'.
8636 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8637 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8638 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8639 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after
8640 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8641 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective(
8642 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8643 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8644 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8645 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd'
8646 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8647 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
8648 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8649 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8650 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8651 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after
8652 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8653 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective(
8654 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8655 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8656 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8657 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after
8658 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8659 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective(
8660 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8661 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8662 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8663 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of
8664 /// the associated statement.
8665 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(
8666 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8667 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8668 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8669 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of
8670 /// the associated statement.
8671 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective(
8672 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8673 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8674 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8675 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing
8676 /// of the associated statement.
8677 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
8678 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8679 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8680 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8681 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd'
8682 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8683 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
8684 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8685 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8686 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8687 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for'
8688 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8689 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
8690 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8691 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8692 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8693 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the
8694 /// associated statement.
8695 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8697 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8698 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8699 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing
8700 /// of the associated statement.
8701 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective(
8702 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8703 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8704 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8705 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for'
8706 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8707 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
8708 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8709 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8710 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8711 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for
8712 /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement.
8713 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
8714 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8715 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8716 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8717 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after
8718 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8719 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
8720 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8721 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8722 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8724 /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers.
8725 bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind,
8726 SourceLocation LinLoc);
8727 /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear
8729 bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc,
8730 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type);
8732 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of
8733 /// the associated method/function.
8734 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective(
8735 DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS,
8736 Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds,
8737 ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears,
8738 ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR);
8740 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8742 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8743 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8744 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8745 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
8746 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier,
8747 Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8748 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8749 SourceLocation NameModifierLoc,
8750 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8751 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8752 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
8753 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8754 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8755 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8756 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
8757 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
8758 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8759 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8760 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8761 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
8762 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
8763 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8764 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8765 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8766 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause.
8767 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8768 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8769 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8770 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
8771 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
8772 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8773 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8774 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8775 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
8777 ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8778 SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(),
8779 Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr);
8780 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause.
8781 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8782 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8783 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8784 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause.
8785 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8786 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8787 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8788 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause.
8789 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8790 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8791 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8793 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8795 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
8796 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8797 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8798 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8799 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
8800 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
8801 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8802 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8803 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8804 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8805 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
8806 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
8807 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8808 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8809 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8810 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8812 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(
8813 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr,
8814 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8815 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc,
8816 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8817 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
8818 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(
8819 OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2,
8820 OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8821 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc,
8822 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8824 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8825 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8826 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
8827 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8828 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8829 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
8830 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8831 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8832 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
8833 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8834 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8835 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
8836 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8837 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8838 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
8839 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8840 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8841 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
8842 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8843 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8844 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
8845 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8846 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8847 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
8848 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8849 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8850 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause.
8851 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8852 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8853 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause.
8854 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8855 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8856 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause.
8857 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8858 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8860 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(
8861 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr,
8862 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8863 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8864 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8865 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind,
8866 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
8867 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
8868 SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc);
8869 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
8870 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8871 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8872 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8873 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8874 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
8875 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8876 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8877 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8878 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8879 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
8880 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8881 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8882 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8883 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8884 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
8885 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8886 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8887 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8888 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8889 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
8890 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(
8891 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8892 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8893 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8894 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
8895 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
8896 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
8898 ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step,
8899 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8900 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc,
8901 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8902 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
8903 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8905 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8906 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8907 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8908 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8909 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
8910 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8911 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8912 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8913 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8914 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
8915 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8916 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8917 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8918 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8919 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
8920 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8921 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8922 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8923 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8924 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause.
8926 ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc,
8927 SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8928 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8929 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8930 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause.
8931 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8932 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8933 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8934 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause.
8936 ActOnOpenMPMapClause(OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
8937 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
8938 SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8939 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8940 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8941 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause.
8942 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8943 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8944 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8945 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause.
8946 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit,
8947 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8948 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8949 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8950 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause.
8951 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8952 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8953 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8954 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause.
8955 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause(
8956 OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize,
8957 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc,
8958 SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8959 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause.
8960 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause(
8961 OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind,
8962 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc,
8963 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8964 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'to' clause.
8965 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8966 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8967 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8968 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8969 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'from' clause.
8970 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8971 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8972 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8973 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8974 /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause.
8975 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8976 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8977 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8978 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8979 /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause.
8980 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8981 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8982 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8983 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8985 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
8986 enum CheckedConversionKind {
8987 /// \brief An implicit conversion.
8988 CCK_ImplicitConversion,
8989 /// \brief A C-style cast.
8991 /// \brief A functional-style cast.
8993 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
8997 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
8998 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
8999 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
9000 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
9001 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
9002 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
9003 CheckedConversionKind CCK
9004 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9006 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
9007 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
9008 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
9010 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
9011 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
9013 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
9015 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
9016 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
9017 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
9019 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
9020 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
9021 ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
9023 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
9024 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
9025 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
9027 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
9028 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
9029 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
9030 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
9031 bool Diagnose = true);
9033 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
9034 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
9035 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
9037 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
9039 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
9040 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
9041 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
9042 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
9044 /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize
9045 /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because
9046 /// we don't have xvalues there.
9047 ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E);
9049 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
9050 enum VariadicCallType {
9054 VariadicConstructor,
9055 VariadicDoesNotApply
9058 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9059 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9062 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
9072 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
9073 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
9075 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
9076 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
9077 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
9079 /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
9080 bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
9082 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
9083 /// form of call prototypes.
9084 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9085 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9086 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
9087 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
9088 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
9089 bool AllowExplicit = false,
9090 bool IsListInitialization = false);
9092 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
9093 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
9094 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
9095 FunctionDecl *FDecl);
9097 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
9098 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
9099 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
9100 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
9101 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
9102 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9103 bool IsCompAssign = false);
9105 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
9106 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are
9107 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
9108 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a
9109 /// source and destination type.
9110 enum AssignConvertType {
9111 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
9114 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
9115 /// accept as an extension.
9118 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
9119 /// accept as an extension.
9122 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
9123 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
9124 FunctionVoidPointer,
9126 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
9127 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
9128 IncompatiblePointer,
9130 /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types
9131 /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
9132 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
9133 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
9134 IncompatiblePointerSign,
9136 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
9137 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
9138 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
9140 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
9141 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
9142 /// like address spaces.
9143 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
9145 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
9146 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
9147 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
9149 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
9151 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
9152 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
9153 IncompatibleVectors,
9155 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
9156 /// pointer. We disallow this.
9159 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
9160 /// pointers types that are not compatible.
9161 IncompatibleBlockPointer,
9163 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
9164 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
9165 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
9166 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
9168 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
9169 /// object with __weak qualifier.
9170 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
9172 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
9173 /// represent it in the AST.
9177 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
9178 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the
9179 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
9180 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
9182 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
9183 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
9184 bool *Complained = nullptr);
9186 /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
9187 /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
9188 /// value, to be used as a mask.
9189 bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
9190 bool AllowMask) const;
9192 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
9193 /// integer not in the range of enum values.
9194 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
9197 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
9198 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
9200 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
9204 /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
9205 /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
9207 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
9210 bool ConvertRHS = true);
9212 /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType.
9214 /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment.
9215 /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment.
9216 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking
9217 /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be
9218 /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return
9219 /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment.
9220 /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter
9221 /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked
9222 /// for ARC retain issues.
9223 /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the
9224 /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false,
9225 /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false.
9226 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(
9227 QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true,
9228 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true);
9230 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
9231 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
9232 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
9235 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
9237 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
9239 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9240 AssignmentAction Action,
9241 bool AllowExplicit = false);
9242 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9243 AssignmentAction Action,
9245 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
9246 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9247 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
9248 AssignmentAction Action,
9249 CheckedConversionKind CCK
9250 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9251 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9252 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
9253 AssignmentAction Action,
9254 CheckedConversionKind CCK);
9256 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
9257 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
9259 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
9260 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
9262 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
9263 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
9264 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
9265 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
9266 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
9268 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
9269 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9270 bool IsCompAssign = false);
9271 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
9272 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9273 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
9274 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
9275 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9276 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
9277 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
9278 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9279 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
9280 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
9281 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9282 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational);
9283 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
9284 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9285 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
9286 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
9287 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9288 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
9289 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
9290 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
9291 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
9292 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
9293 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
9295 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9296 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
9297 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9298 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
9299 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
9300 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
9301 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
9303 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
9304 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9305 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9306 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
9307 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
9308 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
9309 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
9310 bool ConvertArgs = true);
9311 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
9312 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
9313 bool ConvertArgs = true) {
9314 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
9315 QualType Composite =
9316 FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs);
9322 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9323 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9325 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
9326 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9328 void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
9329 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
9330 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
9332 /// type checking for vector binary operators.
9333 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9334 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
9335 bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion);
9336 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
9337 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9338 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
9339 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9340 SourceLocation Loc);
9342 bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
9343 bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
9345 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
9346 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
9348 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
9350 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
9351 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
9352 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
9353 enum ReferenceCompareResult {
9354 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
9355 /// reference binding is not possible.
9356 Ref_Incompatible = 0,
9357 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
9358 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
9359 /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
9361 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible.
9365 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
9366 QualType T1, QualType T2,
9367 bool &DerivedToBase,
9368 bool &ObjCConversion,
9369 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
9371 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
9372 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
9373 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
9375 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
9377 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
9379 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
9380 /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
9381 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
9382 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType);
9384 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
9385 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
9386 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
9387 // returns true if the cast is invalid
9388 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
9391 /// \brief Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding
9392 /// implicit casts if necessary.
9393 ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr);
9395 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
9396 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
9397 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
9398 // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
9399 // returns the cast expr
9400 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
9403 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type,
9404 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9406 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
9408 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error };
9410 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
9411 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak.
9412 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
9413 QualType castType, Expr *&op,
9414 CheckedConversionKind CCK,
9415 bool Diagnose = true,
9416 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
9417 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
9420 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
9421 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
9423 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
9426 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
9427 /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
9428 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
9429 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
9430 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
9432 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
9433 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
9434 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
9436 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
9437 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
9438 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
9440 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
9441 /// \param Method - May be null.
9442 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
9443 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
9444 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
9445 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
9446 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9447 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
9448 bool isSuperMessage,
9449 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
9450 SourceRange RecRange,
9451 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
9453 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
9454 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
9455 /// and the form of the message send.
9456 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
9457 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9458 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
9460 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
9461 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
9462 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
9464 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
9465 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
9466 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
9467 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
9469 class ConditionResult {
9471 FullExprArg Condition;
9477 ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition,
9479 : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false),
9480 HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() &&
9481 !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()),
9482 KnownValue(HasKnownValue &&
9483 !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {}
9484 explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid)
9485 : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid),
9486 HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {}
9489 ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {}
9490 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
9491 std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const {
9492 return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar),
9495 llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const {
9501 static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); }
9503 enum class ConditionKind {
9504 Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'.
9505 ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'.
9506 Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement.
9509 ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
9510 Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK);
9512 ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
9513 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9516 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
9518 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
9519 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9521 ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond);
9523 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
9524 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
9525 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array
9526 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
9528 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
9530 /// \return true iff there were any errors
9531 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
9532 bool IsConstexpr = false);
9534 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
9535 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
9536 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
9538 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
9539 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
9540 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
9542 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
9543 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false);
9545 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
9546 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
9547 /// the specified diagnostic.
9548 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
9549 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
9550 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9552 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
9553 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
9554 /// in the global scope.
9555 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
9557 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
9558 /// expression violations.
9559 class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
9563 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
9565 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
9566 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
9567 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
9570 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
9571 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
9572 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
9573 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9574 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
9575 bool AllowFold = true);
9576 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9578 bool AllowFold = true);
9579 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
9580 llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
9582 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
9583 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
9584 /// Returns false on success.
9585 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
9586 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9587 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
9588 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
9591 unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0;
9594 /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
9595 /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater
9596 /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__.
9597 void PushForceCUDAHostDevice();
9599 /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
9600 /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0
9601 /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error.
9602 bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice();
9604 /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function
9605 /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to
9606 /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations.
9607 llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9608 std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>>
9611 /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the
9612 /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed.
9613 struct FunctionDeclAndLoc {
9614 CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD;
9618 /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a
9619 /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the
9620 /// same deferred diag twice.
9621 llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags;
9623 /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their
9624 /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call).
9626 /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this
9628 llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9629 /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc>
9630 CUDAKnownEmittedFns;
9632 /// A partial call graph maintained during CUDA compilation to support
9633 /// deferred diagnostics.
9635 /// Functions are only added here if, at the time they're considered, they are
9636 /// not known-emitted. As soon as we discover that a function is
9637 /// known-emitted, we remove it and everything it transitively calls from this
9638 /// set and add those functions to CUDAKnownEmittedFns.
9639 llvm::DenseMap</* Caller = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9640 /* Callees = */ llvm::MapVector<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9644 /// Diagnostic builder for CUDA errors which may or may not be deferred.
9646 /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch)
9647 /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are
9648 /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device
9649 /// function is never codegen'ed.
9651 /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we
9652 /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed.
9654 /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred
9655 /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to
9656 /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe
9657 /// deferred" diagnostics.
9658 class CUDADiagBuilder {
9661 /// Emit no diagnostics.
9663 /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()).
9665 /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also
9666 /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a
9667 /// priori known-emitted function.
9668 K_ImmediateWithCallStack,
9669 /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function
9670 /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with
9671 /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack.
9675 CUDADiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
9676 FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S);
9679 /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if
9680 /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error.
9684 /// if (CUDADiagBuilder(...) << foo << bar)
9685 /// return ExprError();
9687 /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably
9688 /// want to use these instead of creating a CUDADiagBuilder yourself.
9689 operator bool() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); }
9691 template <typename T>
9692 friend const CUDADiagBuilder &operator<<(const CUDADiagBuilder &Diag,
9694 if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
9695 *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value;
9696 else if (Diag.PartialDiag.hasValue())
9697 *Diag.PartialDiag << Value;
9708 // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value.
9709 // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists.
9710 llvm::Optional<SemaDiagnosticBuilder> ImmediateDiag;
9711 llvm::Optional<PartialDiagnostic> PartialDiag;
9714 /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context
9715 /// is "used as device code".
9717 /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics.
9718 /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the
9719 /// diagnostics immediately.
9720 /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for
9721 /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize
9722 /// that the function will be codegen'ed.
9726 /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code.
9727 /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget())
9728 /// return ExprError();
9729 /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal.
9730 CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9732 /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context
9733 /// is "used as host code".
9735 /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched.
9736 CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9738 enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
9746 /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc.
9749 /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you
9750 /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null.
9751 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D,
9752 bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false);
9753 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const AttributeList *Attr);
9755 /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context.
9756 CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() {
9757 return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext));
9760 // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from
9762 enum CUDAFunctionPreference {
9763 CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination.
9764 CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
9765 // function that do not match current compilation
9767 CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions.
9768 CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
9769 // function matching current compilation mode.
9770 CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls.
9773 /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee
9774 /// combination, based on their host/device attributes.
9775 /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee.
9776 /// nullptr in case of global context.
9777 /// \param Callee target function
9779 /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination.
9780 CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9781 const FunctionDecl *Callee);
9783 /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA
9784 /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed.
9786 /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in
9787 /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed.
9788 bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9789 const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
9790 return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never;
9793 /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD,
9794 /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings.
9795 void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD,
9796 const LookupResult &Previous);
9799 /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context.
9801 /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program
9802 /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false.
9804 /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if
9805 /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to
9806 /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true.
9808 /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once,
9809 /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate
9810 /// deferred errors.
9812 /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics.
9813 bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee);
9815 /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda
9816 /// operator() method.
9818 /// CUDA lambdas declared inside __device__ or __global__ functions inherit
9819 /// the __device__ attribute. Similarly, lambdas inside __host__ __device__
9820 /// functions become __host__ __device__ themselves.
9821 void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
9823 /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority
9824 /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower
9825 /// calling priority.
9826 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
9827 const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9828 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches);
9830 /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
9831 /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
9832 /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
9833 /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
9834 /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
9835 /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
9837 /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
9838 /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
9839 /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
9840 /// the member declaration.
9841 bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
9842 CXXSpecialMember CSM,
9843 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
9847 /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA
9848 /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide).
9849 bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
9850 bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD);
9852 /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits
9853 /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not.
9854 void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD,
9855 const LookupResult &Previous);
9856 /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD.
9857 void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD);
9859 /// \name Code completion
9861 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
9862 enum ParserCompletionContext {
9863 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
9865 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
9867 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
9870 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
9871 /// category implementation
9872 PCC_ObjCImplementation,
9873 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
9874 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
9875 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
9876 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
9879 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
9880 /// headers within a class.
9882 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
9884 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
9885 /// also be an expression or a declaration.
9887 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
9888 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
9890 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
9891 /// while, switch, or for statement.
9893 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
9894 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
9896 PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
9897 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
9899 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
9900 /// might also be a type cast.
9901 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
9902 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
9903 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
9904 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
9907 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
9908 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
9909 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
9910 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
9911 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
9912 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
9914 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
9915 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
9916 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
9917 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
9918 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
9919 bool IsBaseExprStatement);
9920 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
9921 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
9922 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
9923 void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D,
9924 const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr);
9925 void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S);
9926 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
9927 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
9928 void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc,
9929 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
9930 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
9931 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
9932 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
9933 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
9935 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
9936 bool EnteringContext);
9937 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
9938 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
9939 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
9940 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
9941 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
9942 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
9944 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
9946 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
9947 bool AfterAmpersand);
9949 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
9950 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
9951 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
9952 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
9953 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
9954 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
9955 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
9956 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
9958 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
9959 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9960 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9961 bool AtArgumentExpression);
9962 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
9963 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9964 bool AtArgumentExpression,
9965 bool IsSuper = false);
9966 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
9967 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9968 bool AtArgumentExpression,
9969 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
9970 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
9971 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
9972 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
9973 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
9974 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
9975 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols);
9976 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
9977 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
9978 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
9979 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9980 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9981 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
9982 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
9983 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9984 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9985 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
9986 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9987 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9988 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
9989 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
9990 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
9991 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
9992 bool IsInstanceMethod,
9993 ParsedType ReturnType);
9994 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
9995 bool IsInstanceMethod,
9996 bool AtParameterName,
9997 ParsedType ReturnType,
9998 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
9999 void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName,
10000 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
10001 bool IsBaseExprStatement);
10002 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
10003 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
10004 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
10005 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
10006 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
10007 IdentifierInfo *Macro,
10008 MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
10009 unsigned Argument);
10010 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
10011 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
10012 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
10013 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
10016 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10017 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
10020 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
10021 unsigned ByteNo) const;
10024 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
10025 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
10026 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
10027 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
10028 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
10029 // FunctionDeclaration.
10030 struct FormatStringInfo {
10031 unsigned FormatIdx;
10032 unsigned FirstDataArg;
10036 static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
10037 FormatStringInfo *FSI);
10038 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
10039 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
10040 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
10041 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
10042 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
10043 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
10044 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
10045 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
10046 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10047 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
10048 SourceLocation Loc);
10050 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
10051 const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10052 bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
10053 VariadicCallType CallType);
10055 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
10056 ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg);
10058 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
10059 unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10061 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
10062 unsigned MaxWidth);
10063 bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10064 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10066 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10067 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10068 bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10069 bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10070 bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10071 bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10072 bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10074 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
10075 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
10076 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
10077 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
10078 bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall);
10081 // Used by C++ template instantiation.
10082 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
10083 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
10084 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
10085 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
10088 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
10089 bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall);
10090 bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
10091 bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
10092 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
10093 bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
10094 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
10095 ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
10096 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
10097 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
10098 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
10099 llvm::APSInt &Result);
10100 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
10101 int Low, int High);
10102 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
10103 unsigned Multiple);
10104 bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
10105 int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
10108 enum FormatStringType {
10115 FST_FreeBSDKPrintf,
10120 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
10122 bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
10124 static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
10127 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
10128 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10130 VariadicCallType CallType,
10131 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
10132 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
10133 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
10134 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
10135 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
10136 VariadicCallType CallType,
10137 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
10138 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
10140 void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
10141 const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
10143 void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
10145 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10147 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10149 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10150 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10152 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10153 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10155 void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
10156 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
10157 bool isObjCMethod = false,
10158 const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
10159 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
10161 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
10162 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
10163 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
10164 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
10166 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
10167 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
10168 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
10169 bool IsConstexpr = false);
10171 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
10174 /// Check if there is a field shadowing.
10175 void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc,
10176 DeclarationName FieldName,
10177 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
10179 /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
10180 /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
10181 void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
10183 /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
10184 /// attempts to add itself into the container
10185 void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
10187 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
10188 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
10189 bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
10191 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
10192 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
10193 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
10194 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
10196 struct TypeTagData {
10199 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
10200 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
10201 MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
10206 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
10207 /// layout-compatibility.
10208 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
10209 unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
10212 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely
10213 /// identifies the magic value.
10214 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
10217 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
10218 std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
10219 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
10221 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
10222 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
10223 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
10224 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
10226 /// \brief Check if we are taking the address of a packed field
10227 /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced.
10228 void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs);
10230 /// \brief The parser's current scope.
10232 /// The parser maintains this state here.
10235 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
10236 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
10238 /// Nullability type specifiers.
10239 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
10240 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
10241 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
10243 IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr;
10246 friend class Parser;
10247 friend class InitializationSequence;
10248 friend class ASTReader;
10249 friend class ASTDeclReader;
10250 friend class ASTWriter;
10253 /// Retrieve the keyword associated
10254 IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
10256 /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer.
10257 RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr;
10259 /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
10260 IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent();
10262 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
10264 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
10265 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
10266 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
10267 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
10268 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
10269 /// template substitution or instantiation.
10270 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
10272 void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
10273 return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
10276 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
10277 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
10279 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
10281 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
10282 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
10285 /// \brief The diagnostic we should emit for \c D, or \c AR_Available.
10287 /// \param D The declaration to check. Note that this may be altered to point
10288 /// to another declaration that \c D gets it's availability from. i.e., we
10289 /// walk the list of typedefs to find an availability attribute.
10291 /// \param Message If non-null, this will be populated with the message from
10292 /// the availability attribute that is selected.
10293 AvailabilityResult ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *&D,
10294 std::string *Message);
10296 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
10297 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
10298 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
10299 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
10300 DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
10304 /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
10305 /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
10306 static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
10307 bool PartialOverloading = false) {
10308 // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
10309 if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
10310 return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
10311 return NumArgs > NumParams;
10314 // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
10315 // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
10316 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
10319 /// \brief Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and
10320 /// their location info for delayed diagnostics.
10321 struct MisalignedMember {
10325 CharUnits Alignment;
10327 MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {}
10328 MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
10329 CharUnits Alignment)
10330 : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {}
10331 explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E)
10332 : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {}
10334 bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; }
10336 /// \brief Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members
10337 /// due to the packed attribute.
10338 SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers;
10340 /// \brief Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members.
10341 void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
10342 CharUnits Alignment);
10345 /// \brief Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically
10346 /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the
10348 void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
10350 /// \brief This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially
10351 /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower
10352 /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when
10353 /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to
10355 void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E);
10357 /// \brief This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a
10358 /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit
10359 /// local diagnostics like in reference binding.
10360 void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
10362 llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)>
10366 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
10367 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
10369 bool Entered = true;
10373 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
10374 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
10375 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
10376 bool IsDecltype = false,
10377 bool ShouldEnter = true)
10378 : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) {
10380 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
10383 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
10384 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
10385 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
10386 bool IsDecltype = false)
10387 : Actions(Actions) {
10388 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
10389 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
10393 enum InitListTag { InitList };
10394 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag,
10395 bool ShouldEnter = true)
10396 : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) {
10397 // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of
10398 // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands.
10399 // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such
10401 if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() &&
10402 Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
10403 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
10404 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList, nullptr, false);
10409 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
10411 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
10415 DeductionFailureInfo
10416 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
10417 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
10419 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
10420 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
10421 struct LateParsedTemplate {
10423 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
10427 } // end namespace clang
10430 // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its
10432 template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> {
10433 using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc;
10434 using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>;
10436 static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() {
10437 return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
10440 static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() {
10441 return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
10444 static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) {
10445 return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD),
10446 FDL.Loc.getRawEncoding());
10449 static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS,
10450 const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) {
10451 return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc;
10454 } // namespace llvm